Revelation 18:12 — Word Study
N1904γόμον χρυσοῦ καὶ ἀργύρου καὶ λίθου τιμίου καὶ μαργαριτῶν καὶ βυσσίνου καὶ πορφύρας καὶ σιρικοῦ καὶ κοκκίνου καὶ πᾶν ξύλον θύϊνον καὶ πᾶν σκεῦος ἐλεφάντινον καὶ πᾶν σκεῦος ἐκ ξύλου τιμιωτάτου καὶ χαλκοῦ καὶ σιδήρου καὶ μαρμάρου
BSAcargogomos [merchandise, goods] of goldchrusos [a valuable metal] andkai of silverarguros [a precious metal] andkai of stonelithos [gemstones, jewels] precioustimios andkai of pearlsmargaritēs [valuable gems] andkai of fine linen [things]bussinos [luxurious fabric] andkai of purple clothporphureos andkai of silksērikos△ [a luxurious fabric] andkai of scarletkokkinos [a deep red color] andkai allpas woodxulon [thyine wood, fragrant wood] citronthuinos△ andkai everypas articleskeuos of ivoryelephantinos△ [made from elephant tusks] andkai everypas articleskeuos ofek woodxulon [most precious wood] most precioustimios andkai of bronzechalkos [copper, a strong metal] andkai of ironsidēros△ [a strong metal] andkai of marblemarmaros△ [a sparkling white stone]
| Greek | English | Parsing |
|---|---|---|
| γόμον | cargo | Noun, accusative, singular |
| χρυσοῦ | of gold | Noun, genitive, singular |
| καὶ | and | Conjunction |
| ἀργύρου | of silver | Noun, genitive, singular |
| καὶ | and | Conjunction |
| λίθου | of stone | Noun, genitive, singular |
| τιμίου | precious | Adjective, genitive, singular |
| καὶ | and | Conjunction |
| μαργαριτῶν | of pearls | Noun, genitive, singular |
| καὶ | and | Conjunction |
| βυσσίνου | of fine linen [things] | Adjective, genitive, singular |
| καὶ | and | Conjunction |
| πορφύρας | of purple cloth | Adjective, genitive, singular |
| καὶ | and | Conjunction |
| σιρικοῦ | of silk | Adjective, genitive, singular |
| καὶ | and | Conjunction |
| κοκκίνου | of scarlet | Adjective, genitive, singular |
| καὶ | and | Conjunction |
| πᾶν | all | Adjective, accusative, singular |
| ξύλον | wood | Noun, accusative, singular |
| θύϊνον | citron | Adjective, accusative, singular |
| καὶ | and | Conjunction |
| πᾶν | every | Adjective, accusative, singular |
| σκεῦος | article | Noun, accusative, singular |
| ἐλεφάντινον | of ivory | Adjective, accusative, singular |
| καὶ | and | Conjunction |
| πᾶν | every | Adjective, accusative, singular |
| σκεῦος | article | Noun, accusative, singular |
| ἐκ | of | Preposition |
| ξύλου | wood | Noun, genitive, singular |
| τιμιωτάτου | most precious | Adjective, genitive, singular |
| καὶ | and | Conjunction |
| χαλκοῦ | of bronze | Noun, genitive, singular |
| καὶ | and | Conjunction |
| σιδήρου | of iron | Noun, genitive, singular |
| καὶ | and | Conjunction |
| μαρμάρου | of marble | Noun, genitive, singular |
Every word in the verse. Click a row to open it in the panel on the left.
| BSB | cargo of gold, silver, precious stones, and pearls; of fine linen, purple, silk, and scarlet; of all kinds of citron wood and every article of ivory, precious wood, bronze, iron, and marble; |
| KJV | The merchandise of gold, and silver, and precious stones, and of pearls, and fine linen, and purple, and silk, and scarlet, and all thyine wood, and all manner vessels of ivory, and all manner vessels of most precious wood, and of brass, and iron, and marble, |
| ASV | merchandise of gold, and silver, and precious stone, and pearls, and fine linen, and purple, and silk, and scarlet; and all thyine wood, and every vessel of ivory, and every vessel made of most precious wood, and of brass, and iron, and marble; |
| YLT | lading of gold, and silver, and precious stone, and pearl, and fine linen, and purple, and silk, and scarlet, and all thyine wood, and every vessel of ivory, and every vessel of most precious wood, and brass, and iron, and marble, |
| WEB | merchandise of gold, silver, precious stones, pearls, fine linen, purple, silk, scarlet, all expensive wood, every vessel of ivory, every vessel made of most precious wood, and of brass, and iron, and marble; |
| BBE | Gold, and silver, and stones of great price, and jewels, and delicate linen, and robes of purple and silk and red; and perfumed wood, and every vessel of ivory, and every vessel made of fair wood, and of brass, and iron, and stone; |
Where they part company is γόμον — see How Translations Differ.
The verse consists of a main clause followed by several noun phrases that enumerate the items in the cargo, creating a detailed list.
8 commentators on this verse
Gill, Jamieson, Poole, Trapp & more — read them ›
clause
The sentence as the grammar sees it Open the tree ›
5 of 37 occur nowhere else in the New Testament — words chosen on purpose.
Bars are logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word in the Greek New Testament, stands 19,867 times, so a linear scale would leave everything else invisible. Click a row to open that word.
Deep Study — Revelation 18:12
Sections marked generated are written from the data on this page rather than by a named author. Everything else — the lexicon entries, the cross references, the manuscript readings, the counts — is quoted from its source unchanged.
Context — The Lament Over Babylongenerated
Revelation 18:12 describes the cargo of a fallen city, listing various luxurious items that merchants lament losing. This passage illustrates the economic devastation that follows the judgment on Babylon, a symbol of worldly wealth and excess. The items mentioned reflect not only material wealth but also the cultural significance of trade and luxury in ancient times, as seen in other biblical texts like 1 Kings 10:11.
Cross References
| Reference | Text (BSB) | |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Revelation 17:4 | The woman was dressed in purple and scarlet, and adorned with gold and precious stones and pearls. She held in her hand a golden cup full of abominations and the impurities of her sexual immorality. |
| 2 | 1 Kings 10:11–12 | (The fleet of Hiram that brought gold from Ophir also brought from Ophir a great cargo of almug wood and precious stones. |
| 3 | Proverbs 8:10–11 | Receive my instruction instead of silver, and knowledge rather than pure gold. |
| 4 | Ezekiel 27:5–25 | They constructed all your planking with cypress from Senir. They took a cedar from Lebanon to make a mast for you. |
| 5 | 1 Kings 10:11 | (The fleet of Hiram that brought gold from Ophir also brought from Ophir a great cargo of almug wood and precious stones. |
The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge — 6 references, hung on the phrase they belong to
The Key Word — γόμον, gomosgenerated
The Greek word γόμος (gomos) means 'cargo' and refers specifically to the load carried on ships. It is derived from the verb γέμω, which means 'to fill'. This term appears in contexts related to shipping and trade, indicating the goods transported.
In this verse, it emphasizes the loss of trade and wealth, highlighting the emptiness that follows the fall of Babylon. The lamentation of merchants underscores how deeply intertwined their lives were with the prosperity that the city represented.
How Translations Differ — measured against the Berean Standard Biblegenerated
In the Berean Standard Bible, the verse uses cargo, which aligns with the meaning of γόμος. Other translations, such as the ASV and KJV, use merchandise, which conveys a similar concept but with a slightly different emphasis.
The translations differ primarily in their choice of words for γόμον: cargo (BSB, NETB) versus merchandise (ASV, KJV). This reflects a subtle distinction in how the wealth is characterized.
Sentence Structuregenerated
The structure of this verse is complex, with multiple noun phrases and clauses. The main verb is implied, with the subject being the merchants lamenting the loss of their cargo. The verse lists various items in a series, emphasizing the breadth of wealth that is lost.
The noun phrases include items like χρυσός (gold), ἀργύρος (silver), and μαργαρίτης (pearls), each contributing to the overall picture of opulence. The use of conjunctions like καί (and) connects these items, creating a cumulative effect.
Septuagint Backgroundgenerated
χρυσός (gold) and ἀργυρός (silver) appear in the Septuagint, often in contexts that denote wealth and value, similar to their usage here in Revelation. These terms reflect the longstanding association of gold and silver with prosperity.
The use of μαργαρίτης (pearls) in both the New Testament and the Septuagint emphasizes their preciousness, linking the imagery of wealth across both Testaments.
In plain words — the whole versegenerated
Revelation 18:12 lists the luxurious items that merchants mourn losing after the fall of Babylon. This verse highlights the wealth and opulence associated with the city, including gold, silver, precious stones, and fine fabrics. The lamentation of merchants illustrates the deep economic impact of Babylon's judgment.
Frequently Asked Questionsgenerated
The cargo represents the wealth and luxury of Babylon, symbolizing the materialism and excess that will be lost after its fall.
The merchants mourn because their source of income and trade has been destroyed, indicating the collapse of an entire economic system.
This verse relates to other texts that discuss wealth and judgment, such as Ezekiel 27:5-25, which also describes the riches of Tyre and its eventual downfall.
The specific items listed highlight the opulence of Babylon and serve to illustrate the depth of its fall, emphasizing the contrast between earthly riches and spiritual poverty.
Reflection Questionsgenerated
- What are some ways I might be tempted to value material wealth over spiritual richness?
- How can I ensure that my priorities align more closely with God's values rather than the world's?
- In what ways can I support those who are affected by economic hardship, reflecting God's love?
- What does this passage teach me about the temporary nature of worldly possessions?
Commentators on this verse — 8 expositors, verse by verse
Each of these wrote on Revelation 18:12 itself, not merely on the chapter around it.
John Gill1697–1771Gill's Exposition of the Entire BibleThe merchandise of gold and silver, and precious stones, and of pearls,.... Things for treasure and ornament, and with which the great whore is said to be decked, Revelation 17:4 and, literally
Read John Gill on Revelation 18 →Robert Jamieson1802–1880Jamieson, Fausset, and Brown's CommentaryThe merchandise of gold, and silver, and precious stones, and of pearls, and fine linen, and purple, and silk, and scarlet, and all thyine wood, and all manner vessels of ivory, and all manner
Read Robert Jamieson on Revelation 18 →Matthew Poole1624–1679Matthew Poole's Commentary on the Holy BibleVer. 12-14. Here is a large enumeration of several sorts of wares, such as were most precious, gold, silver, precious stones; such as were most useful for ornament, fine linen, purple, silk, scarlet; most gratifying the exterior senses, thyine wood, odours, ointments, & c.; most necessary, beasts, sheep, horses, chariots; all which, as is prophesied, shall depart from Rome: that is, whatsoever she had, which allured men into her idolatrous communion; all their idols and images, cardinals’ caps, priests’ copes, all their preferments and dignities, whatsoever served the lust of the eye, the lust of the flesh, or the pride of life; whatsoever their own carnal and ambitious minds, or the carnal…
Read Matthew Poole on Revelation 18 →John Trapp1601–1669Trapp's Complete Commentary on the Old and New Testaments12 The merchandise of gold, and silver, and precious stones, and of pearls, and fine linen, and purple, and silk, and scarlet, and all thyine wood, and all manner vessels of ivory, and all manner vessels of most precious wood, and of brass, and iron, and marble, Ver. 12. The merchandise of gold] All this is taken out of Eze 27:22. All countries have catered and purveyed for the pope, who hath had it either in money or other commodity; but money answered all things. Thyine wood] A wild kind of cedar, very sweet and sound; for it will not easily rot.
Read John Trapp on Revelation 18 →Charles John Ellicott1819–1905Ellicott's Commentary for English Readers(4-20) The voice out of heaven warns the faithful to leave her, and describes her fall.
Read Charles John Ellicott on Revelation 18 →AdamClarkeAdam Clarke's Commentary on the BibleVerse 12. The merchandise of gold, and silver, c.] The same author, Bishop Bale, who was once a priest of the Romish Church, goes on to apply all these things to that Church and whether the text have this meaning or not, they will show us something of the religious usages of his time, and the real mockery of this intolerant and superstitious Church. Speaking in reference to the Reformation, and the general light that had been diffused abroad by the word of God, which was then translated into the vulgar tongue, and put into the hands of the people at large, he says:- "They will pay no more money for the housell sippings, bottom blessings; nor for 'seest me and seest me not,' above the head…
Read AdamClarke on Revelation 18 →CambridgeThe Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges12. This whole passage should be compared with Ezekiel 27, where the wealth and trade of Tyre is described in detail.and scarlet] Thus far the goods enumerated have been expressed by genitives, “merchandise of gold … and of scarlet.” Here they cease to be so, as far as the word “sheep.”thyine wood] Wood of the thyia or thyion, a kind of cypress or arbor vitae: apparently the same that was called citrus by the Romans, and used for the costliest furniture.
Read Cambridge on Revelation 18 →Albert Barnes1798–1870Barnes' Notes on the BibleThe merchandise of gold, and silver - Of course, these constitute an important article of commerce in a great city. And precious stones - Diamonds, emeralds, rubies, etc.
Read Albert Barnes on Revelation 18 →The verse in English, compared — 16 translations, and where they part company
Every translation on this page is a decision someone had to make and commit to. Read down a column and you see one translator's judgement; read across a row and you see the range the Greek actually allows. The BSB is the wording the rest of this page is measured against, so it is listed first.
Modern formal
cargo of gold, silver, precious stones, and pearls; of fine linen, purple, silk, and scarlet; of all kinds of citron wood and every article of ivory, precious wood, bronze, iron, and marble;
merchandise of gold, silver, precious stones, pearls, fine linen, purple, silk, scarlet, all expensive wood, every vessel of ivory, every vessel made of most precious wood, and of brass, and iron, and marble;
cargo of gold, silver, precious stones, and pearls; of fine linen, purple, silk, and scarlet; of all kinds of citron wood and every article of ivory, precious wood, bronze, iron, and marble;
cargo such as gold, silver, precious stones, pearls, fine linen, purple cloth, silk, scarlet cloth, all sorts of things made of citron wood, all sorts of objects made of ivory, all sorts of things made of expensive wood, bronze, iron and marble,
Tyndale line
The merchandise of gold, and silver, and precious stones, and of pearls, and fine linen, and purple, and silk, and scarlet, and all thyine wood, and all manner vessels of ivory, and all manner vessels of most precious wood, and of brass, and iron, and marble,
merchandise of gold, and silver, and precious stone, and pearls, and fine linen, and purple, and silk, and scarlet; and all thyine wood, and every vessel of ivory, and every vessel made of most precious wood, and of brass, and iron, and marble;
merchandise of gold, and silver, and precious stone, and pearls, and fine linen, and purple, and silk, and scarlet; and all thyine wood, and every vessel of ivory, and every vessel made of most precious wood, and of brass, and iron, and marble;
The merchandise of gold, and silver, and precious stones, and of pearls, and fine linen, and purple, and silk, and scarlet, and all thyine wood, and all vessels of ivory, and all vessels of most precious wood, and of brass, and iron, and marble,
The ware of golde, and siluer, and of precious stone, and of pearles, and of fine linnen, and of purple, and of silke, and of skarlet, and of all maner of Thyne wood, and of all vessels of yuorie, and of all vessels of most precious wood, and of brasse, and of yron, and of marble,
Strictly literal
lading of gold, and silver, and precious stones, and pearl, and fine linen, and purple, and silk, and scarlet dye, and all thyine wood, and every article in ivory, and every article in most precious wood, and in brass, and in iron, and in marble,
lading of gold, and silver, and precious stone, and pearl, and fine linen, and purple, and silk, and scarlet, and all thyine wood, and every vessel of ivory, and every vessel of most precious wood, and brass, and iron, and marble,
cargo of gold, and silver, and precious stone, and pearls, and fine linen, and purple, and silk, and scarlet, and all fragrant wood, and every vessel of ivory, and every vessel of most precious wood, and brass, and iron, and marble,
merchandise of gold, silver, precious stone, pearls, fine linen, purple, silk, scarlet, all kinds of scented wood, every vessel of ivory, every vessel made of most precious wood, bronze, iron, marble,
From the Latin
Merchandise of gold and silver, and precious stones; and of pearls, and fine linen, and purple, and silk, and scarlet, and all thyine wood, and all manner of vessels of ivory, and all manner of vessels of precious stone, and of brass, and of iron, and of marble,
Simplified
products made of gold, silver, gems and pearls; fine linen, purple cloth, silk, and scarlet material; all kinds of objects made of scented wood, or from ivory, or expensive woods, or bronze, iron, or marble;
Gold, and silver, and stones of great price, and jewels, and delicate linen, and robes of purple and silk and red; and perfumed wood, and every vessel of ivory, and every vessel made of fair wood, and of brass, and iron, and stone;
Word by word, the decisions they made
Counted from the translations carried on this site, not from a survey of every English Bible. A rendering shared by many versions is usually inherited rather than independently arrived at — the Tyndale line in particular runs through most of them.
The sentence as the grammar sees it — from the Nestle 1904 treebank
This is not our own analysis: it is the scholarly syntax tree for the verse, showing how the clause actually holds together.
Boxes are the grammarian's groupings — clause, noun phrase, prepositional phrase.
The earliest translations — Latin and Syriac
Every translation is an argument about meaning made by someone who had to commit to one. These two were made while the Greek was still a living language, and they are the oldest opinions we have about what this verse says.
merces auri, et argenti, et lapidis pretiosi, et margaritæ, et byssi, et purpuræ, et serici, et cocci (et omne lignum thyinum, et omnia vasa eboris, et omnia vasa de lapide pretioso, et æramento, et ferro, et marmore,
Jerome revised the Old Latin against the Greek from AD 382; the Latin west read this text for a thousand years.
ܡܘܒܠܐ ܕܕܗܒܐ ܘܕܣܐܡܐ ܘܕܟܐܦܐ ܝܩܝܪܬܐ ܘܕܡܪܓܢܝܬܐ ܘܕܒܘܨܐ ܘܕܐܪܓܘܢܐ ܘܫܐܪܝܐ ܕܙܚܘܪܝܬܐ ܘܟܠ ܩܝܣ ܕܒܣܡܐ ܘܟܠ ܡܐܢ ܕܫܢܐ ܘܟܠ ܡܐܢ ܕܩܝܣܐ ܝܩܝܪܐ ܘܢܚܫܐ ܘܦܪܙܠܐ ܘܫܝܫܐ
The Bible of the Syriac-speaking church, in the language nearest to the Aramaic Jesus spoke.
Shown verse by verse rather than word by word: aligning a Greek word to its Latin or Syriac counterpart automatically would be guesswork, and a wrong alignment is worse than none.
The Greek editions compared — what the manuscripts actually say
Eight printed editions of the Greek New Testament, side by side. Where they agree the wording is settled; where a word is missing from an edition it is marked, so you can see the difference rather than take it on trust.
γόμον χρυσοῦ καὶ ἀργύρου καὶ λίθου τιμίου καὶ μαργαριτῶν καὶ βυσσίνου καὶ πορφύρας καὶ σιρικοῦ καὶ κοκκίνου καὶ πᾶν ξύλον θύϊνον καὶ πᾶν σκεῦος ἐλεφάντινον καὶ πᾶν σκεῦος ἐκ ξύλου τιμιωτάτου καὶ χαλκοῦ καὶ σιδήρου καὶ μαρμάρου
The standard critical text of the New Testament.
γόμον χρυσοῦ καὶ ἀργύρου καὶ λίθου τιμίου καὶ μαργαριτῶν καὶ βυσσίνου καὶ πορφύρας καὶ σιρικοῦ καὶ κοκκίνου καὶ πᾶν ξύλον θύϊνον καὶ πᾶν σκεῦος ἐλεφάντινον καὶ πᾶν σκεῦος ἐκ ξύλου τιμιωτάτου καὶ χαλκοῦ καὶ σιδήρου καὶ μαρμάρου
The previous edition, still widely cited.
γόμον χρυσοῦ καὶ ἀργύρου καὶ λίθου τιμίου καὶ μαργαριτῶν καὶ βυσσίνου καὶ πορφύρας καὶ σιρικοῦ καὶ κοκκίνου καὶ πᾶν ξύλον θύϊνον καὶ πᾶν σκεῦος ἐλεφάντινον καὶ πᾶν σκεῦος ἐκ ξύλου τιμιωτάτου καὶ χαλκοῦ καὶ σιδήρου καὶ μαρμάρου
The Society of Biblical Literature edition, freely licensed.
γόμον χρυσοῦ καὶ ἀργύρου καὶ λίθου τιμίου καὶ μαργαριτῶν καὶ βυσσίνου καὶ πορφύρας καὶ σιρικοῦ καὶ κοκκίνου καὶ πᾶν ξύλον θύϊνον καὶ πᾶν σκεῦος ἐλεφάντινον καὶ πᾶν σκεῦος ἐκ ξύλου τιμιωτάτου καὶ χαλκοῦ καὶ σιδήρου καὶ μαρμάρου
The edition that turned scholarship toward the earliest manuscripts.
γόμον χρυσοῦ καὶ ἀργύρου καὶ λίθου τιμίου καὶ μαργαριτῶν καὶ βυσσίνου καὶ πορφύρας καὶ σιρικοῦ καὶ κοκκίνου καὶ πᾶν ξύλον θύϊνον καὶ πᾶν σκεῦος ἐλεφάντινον καὶ πᾶν σκεῦος ἐκ ξύλου τιμιωτάτου καὶ χαλκοῦ καὶ σιδήρου καὶ μαρμάρου
An independent critical text built from the oldest witnesses then known.
γόμον χρυσοῦ καὶ ἀργύρου καὶ λίθου τιμίου καὶ μαργαριτῶν καὶ βυσσίνου καὶ πορφύρας καὶ σιρικοῦ καὶ κοκκίνου καὶ πᾶν ξύλον θύϊνον καὶ πᾶν σκεῦος ἐλεφάντινον καὶ πᾶν σκεῦος ἐκ ξύλου τιμιωτάτου καὶ χαλκοῦ καὶ σιδήρου καὶ μαρμάρου
A recent critical edition following documentary evidence closely.
γόμον χρυσοῦ καὶ ἀργύρου καὶ λίθου τιμίου καὶ — καὶ βυσσίνου καὶ — καὶ σιρικοῦ καὶ κοκκίνου καὶ πᾶν ξύλον θύϊνον καὶ πᾶν σκεῦος ἐλεφάντινον καὶ πᾶν σκεῦος ἐκ ξύλου τιμιωτάτου καὶ χαλκοῦ καὶ σιδήρου καὶ μαρμάρου
The reading of the majority of surviving manuscripts.
γόμον χρυσοῦ καὶ ἀργύρου καὶ λίθου τιμίου καὶ — καὶ — καὶ πορφύρας καὶ σιρικοῦ καὶ κοκκίνου καὶ πᾶν ξύλον θύϊνον καὶ πᾶν σκεῦος ἐλεφάντινον καὶ πᾶν σκεῦος ἐκ ξύλου τιμιωτάτου καὶ χαλκοῦ καὶ σιδήρου καὶ μαρμάρου
The printed tradition behind the King James Version.
A witness that read differently would show its variant word here, marked.
Word by word, across the editions
| Word | Editions carrying it | Missing from |
|---|---|---|
| μαργαριτῶν of pearls | NA28, NA27, Tyn, SBL, WH, Treg | TR, Byz |
| βυσσίνου of fine linen [things] | NA28, NA27, Tyn, SBL, WH, Treg, Byz | TR |
| πορφύρας of purple cloth | NA28, NA27, Tyn, SBL, WH, Treg, TR | Byz |
The map of this verse — what each word keeps company with
This is a map of two things, both counted rather than judged. Company kept: which words stand within three words of each of these, anywhere in the Greek New Testament — the thicker the line, the more often the pair meet compared with chance. Built from: the words a word is made out of, taken from its own Strong’s entry. It is not a map of meaning: nothing here claims two words mean the same thing. Click any circle to see the numbers behind it.
Lexicons — every word in Revelation 18:12
One dossier per word, with every reference work grouped by kind — Greek lexicons, morphology, Bible dictionaries, topical chains and the English of the translators themselves. The verse sits at the head of each block with the word under study lit, so you never lose your place. The panel above gives the short answer; this is the long one, and it is the part of the page worth indexing.
Every entry below is the lexicographer's own text. Imported from the CrossWire SWORD modules — Abbott-Smith, the full Liddell-Scott-Jones, Strong's, Dodson, the Intermediate LSJ, Robinson and Packard on the Greek, Webster and Cawdrey on the English the translators were using. Where a cell says a work has no entry, that work genuinely has none for this word.
The Greek word γόμος (gomos) refers to a ship's cargo or freight, and can also denote a burden or load. It appears in the New Testament in contexts related to shipping and trade, specifically in Acts 21:3 and Revelation 18:11, 12. The term is derived from the verb γέμω meaning 'to fill'.
γόμος, -ου, ὁ
(< γέμω),
[in LXX: Ex 23:5, IV Ki 5:17 (מַשָּׂא) * ;]
a ship's freight, cargo: Ac 21:3, Re 18:11, 12.†
γόμος, -ov, ὁ, (γέμω); a. the lading or freight of a ship, cargo, merchandise conveyed ina ship: Acts xxi. 3, (Hat. 1, 194; [Aeschyl.], Dem., al.; [in Sept. the load of a beast of burden, Ex. xxiii.5; 2.K.v.17]). Ὁ. any merchandise: Rev. xviii. 11 sq.
γόμος is common of the cargo or freight of a ship as in Ac 21%, ἐνβαλέσθαι αὐτοῦ τὸν γόμον, ‘ please to see that his freight is embarked with all despatch” (Edd), 7d. IV. 708% 16 (a.p. 188) τοῦ] καταχθέντος yopou, ‘‘the cargo despatched.” ΤΙ may also be a term of quantity, a ‘‘load,” as in Ostr 1258 (A.D. 88) ἀπέχω παρὰ σοῦ γόμος (sc.-ov) ἀχύρου a, 77. 1010” (Roman) τήν αὐθεντικὴν ἀποχὴν ἀχύρ[ου] γόμου ἑνός. 70. 10153 (ii/iii A.D.) shows the plural: cf. P Fay 102 (¢. A.D. 105), a series of farm accounts, in which we read of yépou and 8payp(ara) of wheat and barley. Another kind of merchandise figures in P Flor IIT. 36918 (A.D. 139 or 149) κ(αὶ) δώσο kat’ ἔτος ξύλων καθάρσεων γόμον ἕνα. An inscr from Lower Egypt, beyond Philae, dated A.D. 214-5, OG/S 209%, gives the title ἱερεὺς γόμου to a certain Apollonius Soter. Dittenberger’s note cites about forty inscrr. for this title, and others…
Read the full entry →γόμος (gomos) — cargo.
γόμος, ὁ,
(γέμω) ship's freight, cargo, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; πεντακισχιλίων ταλάντων γόμον ἔχειν to be of 5,000 talents burden, [Refs 5th c.BC+]
2. beast's load, [LXX+2nd c.AD+]; γ. καμηλικός [Refs 2nd c.AD+]
3. guild of transport-agents in Nubia, [Refs]
II. γὁμος· ζωμός, [Refs 5th c.AD+]
γόμος
gomos
from 1073; a load (as filling), i.e. (specially) a cargo, or (by
extension) wares:--burden, merchandise.
see GREEK for 1073
γόμος, ου, ὁ
n.m.
a cargo, freight
γόμος gomos 3x
the cargo of a ship, Acts 21:3; by impl. merchandise, Rev. 18:11, 12*
γόμος γέμω a ship's freight, burden, tonnage, Hdt., Dem.
a beast's load, Babr.
Noun-ASM — Noun · accusative · singular · masculineaccusative — the one it is done to — the object.
Agrees with anything else marked singular masculine.
N-ASM Part of Speech: Noun Case: Accusative Number: Singular Gender: Masculine
3 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 1 different way. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.
Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 3 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.
← what comes before
what comes after →
branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path
Ὥρου τοῦ Ὥρου ἀπὸ κώμης Βακχιάδος. ἐκλάπη δὲ χόρτος ἐν πεδίῳ τῆς κώμης, χόρτου γόμος εἷς . τούτου δὲ αἴροντος τὸν χόρτον κλεψιμαίως, ἔλυσε δράγμα πύρινον τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ ἵπποις.
ὅλην τετραετίαν φοίνικας … ἐνκάρπους δύο ἐπʼ ἐγλογῇ καὶ κατʼ ἔτος … … ων γόμον ἕνα καὶ σπυρίδα λευκοφύλλων ἀρταβιαίαν μίαν καὶ συκαμίνων κάνειστρ … … … … καὶ
γίνονται πυροῦ ἀρτάβαι ψμβ … … ις Ἥρωνος πίστει Βησαρίωνος … σας γόμον ἐκ τῆς ὑπὸ σοὶ μερίδος … ἀρταβῶν Ζτκ ἐξ ἐγδείας ἐν ἀρτάβαις η
The Greek word χρυσός (chrusos) means 'gold' and can refer to anything made of gold, including ornaments and coins. It appears in various contexts in the New Testament, such as in references to gifts and adornments. The word has a rich history in literature, denoting not just the metal itself but also items crafted from it.
χρυσός, “gold.” For the aurum coronarium cf. Ostr 675° (ii/iii A.D.) ὑπ(ὲρ) στεφίάνου) χίρυσοῦ) β (δραχμάς), and similarly 24. 683% αἰ. and see Wilcken Ostr. i. p. 299 [. The various epithets applied to χρυσός are seen in such passages as CPR 1. 125 (A.D. 93) χρυσοῦ δοκιμίου, ‘gold of full value,’’ similarly 2d. 245 (A.D. 136), P Oxy VI. 905° (A.D. 170) χρυσοῦ μὲν κοινοῦ, ‘common gold,” similarly 26. X. 1273%17 (A.D. 260), and 20. VIII. 11211 (A.D. 295) χρυσῷ οὐκ ὀλίγῳ, ‘‘a considerable amount of gold.
χρυσός (chrusos) — gold.
χρῡσός, ὁ,
gold, τιμῆς [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐσθής, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; χρυσὸν κέρασιν περιχεύας (of a victim) [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κοῖλος ἄργυρος καὶ χ. silver and gold plate, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; λευκὸς χ. white gold, i.e. gold alloyed with silver, opposed to χ. ἄπεφθος refined gold, [Refs 5th c.BC+]
2. gold, to express anything made of gold, e. g. golden armour or raiment, χρυσὸν.. ἔδυνε περὶ χροΐ, of Zeus, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of Poseidon, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀραρότως σύνδεσμα χρυσὸς (a gold crown) εἶχε [Refs 5th c.BC+]
3. frequently used by Poets to denote anything dear or precious, ταῦτα μὲν.. κρείσσονα χρυσοῦ.. φωνεῖς [Refs 5th c.BC+] golden words, [Refs 5th c.BC+] and all derivations, though Lyric Poets sometimes made υ short in…
χρυσός
chrusos
perhaps from the base of 5530 (through the idea of the utility of the
metal); gold; by extension, a golden article, as an ornament or
coin:--gold.
see GREEK for 5530
χρυσός, οῦ, ὁ
n.m.
anything made of gold
χρυσός chrysos 10x
gold, Mt. 2:11; 23:16, 17; meton. gold ornaments, 1 Tim. 2:9; gold coin, money, Mt. 10:9
χρυσός χρυ_σός, οῦ, ὁ, gold, Lat. aurum, Hom., etc.; χρυσὸν ἔδυνε put on golden armour, Il.;— χρ. ἄπυρος unsmelted, opp. to χρ. ἄπεφθος (pure refined gold), Hdt.; λευκὸς χρυσός white gold, i. e. alloyed with silver, id. Hdt.; χρυσὸς κοῖλος gold wrought into vessels, gold plate, Luc.
Noun-GSM — Noun · genitive · singular · masculinegenitive — of, from, belonging to.
Agrees with anything else marked singular masculine.
N-GSM Part of Speech: Noun Case: Genitive Number: Singular Gender: Masculine
gold (zahabh; chrusos):
1. Terms:
No metal has been more frequently mentioned in Old Testament writings than gold, and none has had more terms applied to it. Among these terms the one most used is zahabh. The Arabic equivalent, dhahab, is still the common name for gold throughout Palestine, Syria and Egypt. With zahabh frequently occur other words which, translated, mean "pure" (Ex 25:11), "refined" (1Ch 28:18), "finest" (1Ki 10:18), "beaten" (1Ki 10:17), "Ophir" (Ps 45:9).
Other terms occurring are: paz, "fine gold" (Job 28:17;
Gold
(1.) Heb. zahab, so called from its yellow colour (Ex. 25:11; 1 Chr. 28:18; 2 Chr. 3:5).
(2.) Heb. segor, from its compactness, or as being enclosed or treasured up; thus precious or “fine gold” (1 Kings 6:20; 7:49).
Gold was known from the very earliest times. (Genesis 2:11) It was at first used chiefly for ornaments, etc. (Genesis 24:22) Coined money was not known to the ancients till a comparatively late period; and on the Egyptian tombs gold is represented as being weighed in rings for commercial purposes. Comp. (Genesis 43:21) Gold was extremely abundant in ancient times, (1 Chronicles 22:14; 2 Chronicles 1:15; 9:9; Daniel 3:1; Nahum 2:9) but this did not depreciate its value, because of the enormous quantities consumed by…
A well-known valuable metal, found in many parts of the world, and obtained anciently in Ophir, Job 28:16; Parvaim, 2Ch 3:6; Sheba, and Raamah, Eze 27:22. Job alludes to gold in various forms, Job 22:24 28:15-19. Abraham was rich in it, and female ornaments were early made of it, Ge 13:2 24:22,35. It is spoken of throughout Scripture; and the use of it among and ancient Hebrews, in its native and mixed state, and for the same purposes as at present, was very common. The Ark of the Covenant was overlaid with pure gold; the mercy seat, the vessels and utensils belonging to the tabernacle, and those also of the house of…
10 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 3 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.
Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 9 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.
← what comes before
what comes after →
branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path
Counted over the 7 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.
καθάπερ δὲ τῆς χυτῆς οὐσίας ἡ κρατίστη καὶ δοκιμωτάτη χρυσός ἐστιν, οὕτως καὶ ψυχῆς ἡ δοκιμωτάτη ἀρετὴ φρόνησις γέγονε.
βασιλεὺς δʼ ἀκούσας ἥκοντας πρὸς τὸν Ἰώσηπον τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς ἥσθη τε μεγάλως καὶ ὡς ἐπʼ οἰκείῳ διατεθεὶς ἀγαθῷ παρεῖχεν αὐτοῖς ἁμάξας σίτου πλήρεις καὶ χρυσὸν καὶ ἄργυρον ἀποκομίζειν τῷ πατρί.
πηροὶ ὄντες τῇ διανοίᾳ, προσκυνοῦντες λίθους καὶ ξύλα καὶ χρυσὸν καὶ ἄργυρον καὶ χαλκόν, ἔργα ἀνθρώπων: καὶ ὁ βίος ἡμῶν ὅλος ἄλλο οὐδὲν ἦν εἰ μὴ θάνατος.
σωτῆρος, καὶ βασιλέως Πτολεμαίου θεοῦ Εὐεργέτου καὶ σωτῆρος ἑαυτῶν εὐχαρίστου, καὶ τοῦ βήματος τοῦ χρυσοῦ τοῦ βασιλέως τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ Εὐεργέτου καὶ σωτῆρος ἑαυτῶν εὐχαρίστου, Πτολεμαίου θεοῦ Φιλαδέλφου, Πτολεμαίου
τὸν βίον, ταῖς δὲ δυσὶ θυγατρᾶσι Ταορσενούφι καὶ Τεφορσάϊτι, χωρὶς οὗ προφέρεται κατεσκευακέναι αὐταῖς χρυσοῦ καὶ ἀργύρου κόσμου καὶ ἱματισμοῦ, δοῦναι εἰς θαλλισμοῦ λόγον ἑκάστῃ ἀργυρίου δραχμὰς ε
πεπληρώμεθα παρὰ σοῦ ὑπὲρ σίτου … … επι … … τετάρτου μέτρῳ Ἀθηναίῳ καὶ χρυσοῦ νομίσματα τέσσαρα … καὶ πρὸς σὴν ἀσφάλειαν ἐξεδώκαμεν σοι τήνδε τὴν πληρωτικὴν ἀποχὴν
καί (kai) is a conjunction meaning 'and,' used to connect words, phrases, and clauses. It serves various functions, including copulative and adjunctive uses, and can express cumulative ideas like 'also' or 'even.' The New Testament frequently employs it to link terms and sentences, as seen in verses like Matthew 2:18 and John 10:3. Abbott-Smith notes its use in both simple and complex structures, while Thayer emphasizes its role as the most common particle in the New Testament.
καί, a conj., and; the most freq. by far of all the particles in the N. T. [On its uses see W. § 53, 3sqq.; B. 361 (310) sqq., and ef. Ellicott on Phil. iv. 12; on the difference between it and τέ see 8. v. τέ ad init. ] I. It serves as a copulative i.e. to connect (Lat. et, atque, Germ. und) ; 1. it connects single words or terms: a. univ., as of Φαρισαῖοι καὶ Σαδδουκαῖοι, Mt. xvi. 1; ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατήρ, he who is God and Father (see θεός, 3); ἐν καρδίᾳ καλῇ καὶ ἀγαθῇ, Lk. viii. 15; πολυμερῶς καὶ πολυτρόπως, ΗΘ}. 1. 1; it is repeated before single terms, to each of which its own force and weight is thus given: ἡ υἱοθεσία καὶ ἡ δόξα καὶ ai διαθῆκαι καὶ ἡ νομοθεσία καὶ ἡ λατρεία καὶ αἱ ἐπαγγελίαι, Ro. ix. 4 ; ἁγία καὶ δικαία καὶ ἀγαθή, Ro. vii. 12; add, Mt. xxiii. 23; Lk. xiv. 21; Jn. xvi. 8; Acts xv. 20, 29; xxi. 25; Heb. ix. 10; Rey. v. 12; xviii. 12 sq.; ef. W. 519 sq. (484). b. it…
Read the full entry →και. In LAE p. 129 ff. Deissmann discusses the thoroughly popular character of the Johannine style with its short paratactic sentences, introduced by kal. . . καί. To illustrate this, he cites amongst other exx. a Dream from the Serapeum, P Par 51 (B.C. 160) (= Selections, p. 18 ff. : see especially the amended readings in Archiv vi. p. 204), which runs—** ὦμ[ην] βατί -- δ)ίζειν pe [ἀπ]ὸ λειβὸς ἕως ἀ[ πηλι]ώτου, καὶ ἀναπίπτομαι ἐπ᾿ ἄχυρον" καὶ [ἄν]θρωπ[ος9] ἀπὸ λιβός μου, ἐχόμενός μου’ ἀναπίπτει καὶ αὐτός, καὶ ὥσπερ κεκλειμμ[évot] μου ἦσαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου, καὶ ἐξαί[φνης] ἀνύγω τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς pov, καὶ ὁρῶ kTA., “ I dreamed that I was going from West to East, and I lie down upon chaff. And there | αὐτὸ (deleted in the original) Σεμφθεῖ. | ἐκ καινῆς ἐν Σομολ(ῶ)…
Read the full entry →καί (kai) — and.
καί,
conjunction, copulative, joining words and sentences,
__A and; also adverb, even, also, just, frequently expressing emphatic assertion or assent, corresponding as positive to the negative οὐ (μή) or οὐδέ (μηδέ). copulative, and,
__A.I joining words or sentences to those preceding, ἦ, καὶ κυανέῃσιν ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσινεῦσε Κρονίων [Refs 8th c.BC+]: repeated with two or more Nouns, αἱ δὲ ἔλαφοι κ. δορκάδες κ. οἱ ἄγριοι οἶες κ. οἱ ὄνοι οἱ ἄγριοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; joining only the last pair, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ ὄχλος πλείων κ. πλείων ἐπέρρει more and more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to add epithets after πολύς, πολλὰ κ. ἐσθλά [Refs 8th c.BC+]
καί
kai
apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also
a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in
connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and,
also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when,
yet.
καί
Cj.
and, even, also, namely
καί kai 9x
(1) and, Mt. 2:2, 3, 11; 4:22; (2) καί ... καί, both ... and; (3) as a cumulative particle, also, too, Mt. 5:39; Jn. 8:19; 1 Cor. 11:6; (4) emphatic, even, also, Mt. 10:30; 1 Cor. 2:10; in NT adversative, but, Mt. 11:19; also introductory of the apodosis of a sentence, Gal. 3:28; Jas. 2:4
Conj — Conjunctionconjunction — it joins clauses, and never changes form.
CONJ CONJunction or conjunctive particle
9,477 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 42 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.
Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 8,978 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.
← what comes before
what comes after →
branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path
3 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →
Τῶν ἄλλων νομοθετῶν οἱ μὲν ἀκαλλώπιστα καὶ γυμνὰ τὰ νομισθέντα παρ’ αὐτοῖς εἶναι δίκαια διετάξαντο, οἱ δὲ πολὺν ὄγκον τοῖς νοήμασι προσπεριβαλόντες ἐξετύφωσαν τὰ πλήθη μυθικοῖς πλάσμασι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπικρύψαντες.
ἡ τοῦ κόσμου σύστασις καὶ διάταξις τῶν στοιχείων.
Χαίρετε, υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες, ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς, ἐν εἰρήνῃ.
r βασιλεύοντος Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν Φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιε, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν καὶ κανηφόρου τῶν
1 ἔτους ιζ Θῶυθ κη ἀπέδοτο Πετεσοῦχος Φίβιος καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τὸ ὕπαρχον αὐτοῖς ἥμισυ περιστερῶνος τοῦ ὄντος ἐν τῶι ἀπὸ βορρᾶ μέρει
βασιλευόντων Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιϛ, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν καὶ κανηφόρου τῶν
The Greek word ἄργυρος (i.e., *arguros*) means silver, derived from the word for shining. It refers to the metal itself and can also denote silver money, though it is less common in this sense compared to ἀργύριον (*argyrian*). The New Testament uses it in contexts related to both the metal and its monetary form, appearing in passages such as Matthew 10:9 and James 5:3.
ἄργυρος, -ου, ὁ
(< ἀργός, shining),
[in LXX for כֶּסֶף;]
silver (on its relation to ἀργύριον, v. MM, s.v.): Mt 10:9, Ac 17:29, Ja 5:5, Re 18:12.†
ἄργυρος, -ov, 6, (ἀργός shining), [fr. Hom. down], silver : 1 Co. iii. 12 [T Tr WH ἀργύριον (reference is made to the silver with which the columns of noble buildings were covered and the rafters adorned); by meton. things made of silver, silver-work, vessels, images of the gods, etc.: Acts xvii. 29; Jas. v. 3; Rev. xviii. 12. silver coin: Mt. x. 9.
ἄργυρος. The distinction between ἄργυρος “5. ver” and ἀργύριον “< silver used as money,” which in classical Greek has exceptions on both sides, is generally observed in NT: ἀργύριον in 1 Cor 3!2 and ἄργυρος in Mt τοῦ are the only clear exceptions. In the papyri ἄργυρος is as rare as ἀργύριον is ubiquitous. It figures frequently in P Leid X, a very long document dealing with metallurgical subjects (ili/iv A.D.). P Par 60 δὲ:33 (c. B.C. 200) has ἀργύρου στατήρων, and BGU IIT. g92it 52° (B.c. 160) χαλκοῦ πρὸς ἄργυρον, but in P Lips I. 6427 (iv/a.p.) &(py)vpov (curiously abbreviated) is “Geld”. Silverasa metal is thus the prevailing sense in the few occurrences we can report from papyri, while ἀργύριον for money appears many hundred times. The differentiation affects a well-known compound in C. and δ. no. 300" (ii. p. 466—Apamea) ἀργυριοταμιεύσαντα for dpyvpot. There are sundry derivatives…
Read the full entry →ἄργυρος (arguros) — silver.
ἄργῠρος, ὁ,
(ἀργός A) white metal, i.e. silver, ἐξ Ἀλύβης ὅθεν ἀργύρου ἐστὶ γενέθλη[Refs 8th c.BC+]silver plate, [Refs 4th c.BC+]
2. ἄ. χυτός quicksilver, [Refs 4th c.BC+]
II. ={ἀργύριον}, silver-money, generally, money, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἴ τι μὴ ξὺν ἀργύρῳ ἐπράσσετ᾽ by bribery, [Refs]; in later Prose, coupled with χρυσός, [NT+4th c.AD+]
III. ={λινόζωστος ἄρρην}, Ps.-[Refs 1st c.AD+]
ἄργυρος
arguros
from argos (shining); silver (the metal, in the articles or
coin):--silver.
ἄργυρος, ου, ὁ
n.m.
silver as a metal
ἄργυρος argyros 5x
silver; meton. anything made of silver; money, Jas. 5:3
ἄργυρος ἀργός white white metal, i. e. silver, Hom., etc.
silver-money, money, like ἀργύριον, Soph.
Noun-GSM — Noun · genitive · singular · masculinegenitive — of, from, belonging to.
Agrees with anything else marked singular masculine.
N-GSM Part of Speech: Noun Case: Genitive Number: Singular Gender: Masculine
sil'-ver (keceph; argurion, arguros): Silver was known in the earliest historic times. Specimens of early Egyptian and Babylonian silver work testify to the skill of the ancient silversmiths. In Palestine, silver objects have been found antedating the occupation of the land by the Hebrews. This metal was used for making all kinds of ornamental objects. In the mound of Gezer were found bowls, vases, ladles, hairpins, rings and bracelets of silver. The rings and settings for scarabs or seals were commonly of this metal. The first mention of silver in the Bible is in Ge 13:2, where it says that Abraham was rich in cattle, in silver and gold. At that time it was commonly used in exchange in the form of bars or other shapes. Coins of that metal were of a much later date (Ge 20:16…
Silver
Used for a great variety of purposes, as may be judged from the frequent references to it in Scripture. It first appears in commerce in Gen. 13:2; 23:15, 16. It was largely employed for making vessels for the sanctuary in the wilderness (Ex. 26:19; 27:17; Num. 7:13, 19; 10:2). There is no record of its having been found in Syria or Palestine. It was brought in large quantities by foreign merchants from abroad, from Spain and India and other countries probably.
In very early times silver was used for ornaments, (Genesis 24:53) and for vessels of various kinds. Images for idolatrous worship were made of silver or overlaid with it, (Exodus 20:23; Hosea 13:2); Habb 2:19 Bar. 6:39, and the manufacture of silver shrines for Diana was a trade in Ephesus. (Acts 19:24) But its chief use was as a medium of exchange, and throughout the Old Testament we find "silver" used for money, like the French argent . Silver was brought to Solomon from Arabia, (2 Chronicles 9:14) and from Tarshish, (2 Chronicles 9:21) which supplied the markets…
One of the precious metals and the one most commonly used as coin among all nations. It is first mentioned in Scripture in the history of Abraham, Ge 13:2 20:16 23:16, and was used in constricting the tabernacle, Ex 26:19,32, and afterwards the temple, 1Ch 29:4. In employing it as a medium of trade, the ancient Hebrews weighed it out, instead of having coins. In the times of the New Testament there were coins. See SHEKEL, and MONEY.
5 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 1 different way. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.
Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 4 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.
← what comes before
what comes after →
branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path
Counted over the 7 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.
τὰ γοῦν ποιητικὰ αὐτῆς εὑρίσκεται διὰ πανουργίας πάσης, χρυσὸς ἄργυρος δόξα τιμαὶ ἀρχαί, αἱ ὗλαι τῶν αἰσθητῶν καὶ τέχναι αἱ βάναυσοι καὶ ὅσαι ἄλλαι κατασκευαστικαὶ ἡδονῆς πάνυ ποικίλαι, καὶ ἀδικοῦμεν δι’ ἡδονήν, τὰ δὲ ἀδικήματα οὐκ ἄνευ πανουργίας…
βασιλεὺς δʼ ἀκούσας ἥκοντας πρὸς τὸν Ἰώσηπον τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς ἥσθη τε μεγάλως καὶ ὡς ἐπʼ οἰκείῳ διατεθεὶς ἀγαθῷ παρεῖχεν αὐτοῖς ἁμάξας σίτου πλήρεις καὶ χρυσὸν καὶ ἄργυρον ἀποκομίζειν τῷ πατρί.
πηροὶ ὄντες τῇ διανοίᾳ, προσκυνοῦντες λίθους καὶ ξύλα καὶ χρυσὸν καὶ ἄργυρον καὶ χαλκόν, ἔργα ἀνθρώπων: καὶ ὁ βίος ἡμῶν ὅλος ἄλλο οὐδὲν ἦν εἰ μὴ θάνατος.
i … … … ων κα … δε … τατα … … … ωθεν ἀργυρου … ν δ … Θέρμουθις βασίλειον … … ετος λίθοι κε … ου στραγγὶς
πρὸς γάμου κοινωνίαν κατὰ τοὺς νόμους, προσφερομένην αὐτῷ εἰς λόγον προσφορᾶς κοσμίαν γυναικείαν ἐν ἀργύρῳ καὶ χρυσῷ καὶ ἱματισμῷ διατετιμημένην ἐν ἀλλήλοις, ὡς λέγουσιν οἱ ἀμφότεροι, ἀξιοχρέαν εἶναι ἀργυρίου
ὁ γήμας ὁ αὐτὸς Ιησους ἀπεσχηκέναι παρʼ αὐτῆς τῇ οὔσῃ ἡμέρᾳ τιμογραφίανκοσμίας γυναικίας ἐν ἀργύρῳ καὶ χρυσῷ καὶ ἱματισμῷ καὶ ἑτέροις γυναικίοις ἀξιοχρέαν … του ἀργυρίου, σὺν αἱρέσει τροφῆς
καί (kai) is a conjunction meaning 'and,' used to connect words, phrases, and clauses. It serves various functions, including copulative and adjunctive uses, and can express cumulative ideas like 'also' or 'even.' The New Testament frequently employs it to link terms and sentences, as seen in verses like Matthew 2:18 and John 10:3. Abbott-Smith notes its use in both simple and complex structures, while Thayer emphasizes its role as the most common particle in the New Testament.
καί, a conj., and; the most freq. by far of all the particles in the N. T. [On its uses see W. § 53, 3sqq.; B. 361 (310) sqq., and ef. Ellicott on Phil. iv. 12; on the difference between it and τέ see 8. v. τέ ad init. ] I. It serves as a copulative i.e. to connect (Lat. et, atque, Germ. und) ; 1. it connects single words or terms: a. univ., as of Φαρισαῖοι καὶ Σαδδουκαῖοι, Mt. xvi. 1; ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατήρ, he who is God and Father (see θεός, 3); ἐν καρδίᾳ καλῇ καὶ ἀγαθῇ, Lk. viii. 15; πολυμερῶς καὶ πολυτρόπως, ΗΘ}. 1. 1; it is repeated before single terms, to each of which its own force and weight is thus given: ἡ υἱοθεσία καὶ ἡ δόξα καὶ ai διαθῆκαι καὶ ἡ νομοθεσία καὶ ἡ λατρεία καὶ αἱ ἐπαγγελίαι, Ro. ix. 4 ; ἁγία καὶ δικαία καὶ ἀγαθή, Ro. vii. 12; add, Mt. xxiii. 23; Lk. xiv. 21; Jn. xvi. 8; Acts xv. 20, 29; xxi. 25; Heb. ix. 10; Rey. v. 12; xviii. 12 sq.; ef. W. 519 sq. (484). b. it…
Read the full entry →και. In LAE p. 129 ff. Deissmann discusses the thoroughly popular character of the Johannine style with its short paratactic sentences, introduced by kal. . . καί. To illustrate this, he cites amongst other exx. a Dream from the Serapeum, P Par 51 (B.C. 160) (= Selections, p. 18 ff. : see especially the amended readings in Archiv vi. p. 204), which runs—** ὦμ[ην] βατί -- δ)ίζειν pe [ἀπ]ὸ λειβὸς ἕως ἀ[ πηλι]ώτου, καὶ ἀναπίπτομαι ἐπ᾿ ἄχυρον" καὶ [ἄν]θρωπ[ος9] ἀπὸ λιβός μου, ἐχόμενός μου’ ἀναπίπτει καὶ αὐτός, καὶ ὥσπερ κεκλειμμ[évot] μου ἦσαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου, καὶ ἐξαί[φνης] ἀνύγω τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς pov, καὶ ὁρῶ kTA., “ I dreamed that I was going from West to East, and I lie down upon chaff. And there | αὐτὸ (deleted in the original) Σεμφθεῖ. | ἐκ καινῆς ἐν Σομολ(ῶ)…
Read the full entry →καί (kai) — and.
καί,
conjunction, copulative, joining words and sentences,
__A and; also adverb, even, also, just, frequently expressing emphatic assertion or assent, corresponding as positive to the negative οὐ (μή) or οὐδέ (μηδέ). copulative, and,
__A.I joining words or sentences to those preceding, ἦ, καὶ κυανέῃσιν ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσινεῦσε Κρονίων [Refs 8th c.BC+]: repeated with two or more Nouns, αἱ δὲ ἔλαφοι κ. δορκάδες κ. οἱ ἄγριοι οἶες κ. οἱ ὄνοι οἱ ἄγριοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; joining only the last pair, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ ὄχλος πλείων κ. πλείων ἐπέρρει more and more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to add epithets after πολύς, πολλὰ κ. ἐσθλά [Refs 8th c.BC+]
καί
kai
apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also
a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in
connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and,
also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when,
yet.
καί
Cj.
and, even, also, namely
καί kai 9x
(1) and, Mt. 2:2, 3, 11; 4:22; (2) καί ... καί, both ... and; (3) as a cumulative particle, also, too, Mt. 5:39; Jn. 8:19; 1 Cor. 11:6; (4) emphatic, even, also, Mt. 10:30; 1 Cor. 2:10; in NT adversative, but, Mt. 11:19; also introductory of the apodosis of a sentence, Gal. 3:28; Jas. 2:4
Conj — Conjunctionconjunction — it joins clauses, and never changes form.
CONJ CONJunction or conjunctive particle
9,477 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 42 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.
Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 8,978 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.
← what comes before
what comes after →
branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path
3 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →
Τῶν ἄλλων νομοθετῶν οἱ μὲν ἀκαλλώπιστα καὶ γυμνὰ τὰ νομισθέντα παρ’ αὐτοῖς εἶναι δίκαια διετάξαντο, οἱ δὲ πολὺν ὄγκον τοῖς νοήμασι προσπεριβαλόντες ἐξετύφωσαν τὰ πλήθη μυθικοῖς πλάσμασι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπικρύψαντες.
ἡ τοῦ κόσμου σύστασις καὶ διάταξις τῶν στοιχείων.
Χαίρετε, υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες, ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς, ἐν εἰρήνῃ.
r βασιλεύοντος Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν Φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιε, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν καὶ κανηφόρου τῶν
1 ἔτους ιζ Θῶυθ κη ἀπέδοτο Πετεσοῦχος Φίβιος καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τὸ ὕπαρχον αὐτοῖς ἥμισυ περιστερῶνος τοῦ ὄντος ἐν τῶι ἀπὸ βορρᾶ μέρει
βασιλευόντων Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιϛ, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν καὶ κανηφόρου τῶν
λίθος (lithos) means 'stone' and can refer to various types of stones, including precious stones. In the New Testament, it is used literally for stones in contexts like tombs (e.g., Mt 27:60) and metaphorically for Christ and believers (e.g., 1 Pet 2:4-5). The lexicons note its use in idioms and as a building material, but there is no significant disagreement among them.
λίθος, -ov, 6, Sept. for 738, [fr. Hom. down]; a stone: of small stones, Mt. iv. 6; vii. 9; Lk. iii. 8; iv. [3], 11; ΧΙ. 11; xxii. 41; Jn. viii. 7; plur., Mt. iii. 9; iv.3; Mk. v.55 Lk. iii. 8; xix. 40; Jn. viii. 59; x. 31; of a large stone, Mt. xxvii. 60, 66; xxviii. 2; Mk.xv.46; xvi. 3 sq.; Lk. xxiv. 2; Jn. xi. 38 sq. 41; xx.1; of building stones, Mt. xxi. 42,44 [T om. L WH Trmrg. br. the vs.]; xxiv. 2; Mk. xii.10; xiii. 1 sq.; Lk. xix. 44; xx. 17sq.3 xxi. 5 sq.; Acts iv. 11; 1 Pet. ii. 7; metaph. of Christ: λίθος ἀκρογωνιαῖος (q. ν.), ἐκλεκτός (ef. 2 Esdr. v. 8), ἔντιμος, 1 Pet. ii. 6 (Is. xxviii. 16); ζῶν (see (aw, II.b.), 1 Pet. ii. 4; λίθος προσκόμματος, one whose words, acts, end, men (so stumble at) take such offence at, that they reject him and thus bring upon themselves ruin, ibid. 8 (7); Ro. ix. 33; of Christians: λίθοι ζῶντες, living stones (see (aw, τι. s.), of which the…
Read the full entry →λίθος is always masc. in the NT even when it means a gem (Rev 211} αἱ, LXX), whereas Attic after B.c. 385 preferred the fem. (Meisterhans Gy. p. 129). This is in keeping with the Kow 7 usage, e.g P Petr 11. 13 (6)® (B.c. 258-253) τοὺς λίθους of stones for building, P Oxy III. 498? (ii/a.D.) τῶν οἰκοδομουμένων λίθων κύβων καμηλικῶν, “ squared buildingstones transportable by camel (Ὁ) ” (Edd.), 16. 5281? (1Π|,---ii/A.D.) ἔπεμσάς pu ἐπιστολὰς δυναμένου λίθον σαλεῦσε, *“you sent me letters which would have shaken a stone” (Edd.), P Tebt 11. 34217 (late ii/A.D.) kepapetov . . λίθοις ἀρεστοῖς ἐξηρτισμί(ένον), ‘‘a pottery fitted with stones in good order” (Edd.), P Oxy X. 12737 (A.D. 260) περιτραχήλιον . . ἔχον λίθον ὁλκῆς χωρὶς τοῦ [λί]θ[ο]υ τετάρτων lA λιθόστρωτος δεκατριῶν, ‘a necklace having a stone and weighing apart | from the stone 13 quarters’’ (Edd.), OGZS οοὔ! (Rosetta stone—B.C.…
Read the full entry →λίθος (lithos) — stone.
λίθος [ῐ], ου,
o((see. below 11), stone, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; especially of the stones thrown by warriors, τρηχὺς λ., λ. ὀκριόεις, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also, stonequoit, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of building- stones, λίθοι βασιλικοί [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λίθον ἕψειν 'to lose one's labour', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also of stupid persons, 'blockheads', λίθοι [Refs 6th c.BC+]; λ. τις, ou) dou/lh [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; προσηγορεύθη διὰ τὸ μὴ φρονεῖν λ., of Niobe, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λίθῳ λαλεῖς proverbial of ἀναίσθητοι, [Refs]
2. stone as a substance, opposed to wood, flesh, etc., ἐπεὶ οὔ σφι λ. χρὼς οὐδὲ σίδηρος [Refs 8th c.BC+]; λαοὺς δὲ λίθους ποίησε turned into stone, petrified,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; as an emblem of hard-heartedness, σοὶ δ᾽ αἰεὶ κραδίη στερεωτέρη ἐστὶ…
λίθος
lithos
apparently a primary word; a stone (literally or
figuratively):--(mill-, stumbling-)stone.
λίθος, ου, ὁ
n.m.
a stone
λίθος lithos 59x
a stone, Mt. 3:9; 4:3, 6; used figuratively, of Christ, Eph. 2:20; 1 Pet. 2:6; of believers, 1 Pet. 2:5; meton. a tablet of stone, 2 Cor. 3:7; a precious stone, Rev. 4:3
λίθος λί^θος, ου, a stone, Hom., etc.: a precious stone, Hdt.: marble, id. Hdt.:—proverb., λίθον ἕψειν to boil a stone, i. e. "to lose one's labour," Ar.;— of stupidity, λίθοι blocks, stones, id. Ar.
stone as a substance, opp. to wood, flesh, etc, Il., etc.
also fem., Hom., Theocr.;—but the fem. was mostly used of some special stone, as the magnet, Eur., Plat.; of a touchstone, Plat.; ἡ διαφανὴς λ. a piece of crystal used for a burning glass, Ar.
at Athens, λίθος (masc.) was a name for various blocks of stone used for rostra or tribunes, as,
the Bema of the Pnyx, Ar.
another in the ἀγορά used by the κήρυκες, Plut.
an altar in the ἀγορά, Dem.
a piece on a draughtboard, Theocr.
Noun-GSM — Noun · genitive · singular · masculinegenitive — of, from, belonging to.
Agrees with anything else marked singular masculine.
N-GSM Part of Speech: Noun Case: Genitive Number: Singular Gender: Masculine
Stone
Stones were commonly used for buildings, also as memorials of important events (Gen. 28:18; Josh. 24:26, 27; 1 Sam. 7:12, etc.). They were gathered out of cultivated fields (Isa. 5:2; comp. 2 Kings 3:19). This word is also used figuratively of believers (1 Pet. 2:4, 5), and of the Messiah (Ps. 118:22; Isa. 28:16; Matt. 21:42; Acts 4:11, etc.). In…
The allusion in Re 2:17 may be to the practice at the Olympic games of giving the successful competitor a white stone, inscribed with his name and the value of his prize; or to the mode of balloting with black and white stones on the question of the acquittal of an accused person, or his admission to certain privileges; if the stones deposited in the urn by the judges were all white, the decision was favorable. In early ages, flint-stone knives were in common use, instead of steel, Ex 4:25 Jos 5:2.
It was also customary to raise a heap or mound of stones in commemoration of any remarkable event, Ge 31:46 Jos 4:5-7 7:26 8:29…
60 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 4 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.
Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 59 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.
← what comes before
what comes after →
branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path
Counted over the 147 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.
εἶθ’ ὥσπερ ἐν κηρῷ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ ψυχῇ τοὺς ἑκάστων δεξάμενος τύπους ἀγαλματοφορεῖ νοητὴν πόλιν, ἧς ἀνακινήσας τὰ εἴδωλα μνήμῃ τῇ συμφύτῳ καὶ τοὺς χαρακτῆρας ἔτι μᾶλλον ἐνσφραγισάμενος, οἷα δημιουργὸς ἀγαθός, ἀποβλέπων εἰς τὸ παράδειγμα τὴν ἐκ λίθων καὶ…
ὑπὲρ δὲ τοῦ μὴ διαφυγεῖν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τὰ ηὑρημένα μηδὲ πρὶν εἰς γνῶσιν ἐλθεῖν φθαρῆναι, προειρηκότος ἀφανισμὸν Ἀδάμου τῶν ὅλων ἔσεσθαι τὸν μὲν κατʼ ἰσχὺν πυρὸς τὸν ἕτερον δὲ κατὰ βίαν καὶ πλῆθος ὕδατος, στήλας δύο ποιησάμενοι τὴν μὲν ἐκ πλίνθου…
καὶ πάλιν λέγει ὁ προφήτης, ἐπεὶ ὡς λίθος ἰσχυρὸς ἐτέθη εἰς συντριβήν: Ἰδού, ἐμβαλῶ εἰς τὰ θεμέλια Σιὼν λίθον πολυτελῆ, ἐκλεκτόν, ἀκρογωνιαῖον, ἔντιμον.
ἐπίτροπον καὶ σοὶ ἀπεσταλκέναι περὶ τοῦ δηλωθῆναι αὐτῷ τοὺς ἀποκειμένους ἐν τῷ μετάλλῳ λίθους τῆς αὐτοῦ κοπῆς εἰς πρὸ μιᾶς Καλανδῶν Ἰανουαρίων. εὖ οὖν ποιήσεις καὶ ἐμοὶ ἐγγράφως
Παλαις Ἀθηνοδώρῳ τῷ τιμιωτάτῳ χαίρειν. γείνωσκε ὅτι … ἤδη γ λίθους ἄνω ἐν τῇ λατομίᾳ ἕτερον συλλέγοντα πόδας ιβ ἕτερον … τὸν δὲ ἕτερον πόδας
μιν καὶ ἐλαῖαι τεσσεράκοντα καὶ κρομμύδια. ἴσθι δὲ τὸν κῆπον τετραυματισμένον ἅλι. οὐδέπω ὁ λίθος ἐστράφη. οὔπω οὐδὲν καινότερον. ἐρρῶσθαί σε εὔχομαι εὐτυχῶς. ἀσπάζου τὸν κουράτορα καὶ Σαραπιόδωρον ἐὰν
τίμιος (timios) means precious or costly, derived from the root for value. It describes both things of monetary worth and people who are esteemed or honored. In the New Testament, it appears in contexts referring to valuable stones (Revelation) and the honor of individuals (Acts, Hebrews, 1 Peter). The lexicons note its use in comparative and superlative forms, indicating varying degrees of value or honor.
τίμιος, -α, -ον
(< τιμή),
[in LXX chiefly for יָקָר ;]
valued, hence,
precious, costly, highly valued: primarily, of money value, λίθος, Re 17:4 18:12, 16 21:19; pl., I Co 3:12; compar., -ώτεφος, I Pe 1:7, Rec.; superl., -ώτατος, Re 18:12 21:11; in extended sense, καρπός, Ja 5:7; αἷμα, I Pe 1:19; ἐπαγγέλματα, II Pe 1:4;
τίμιος, -a, -ov, (τιμή), fr. Hom. down; a. prop. held as of great price, i.e. precious: λίθος, Rev. xvii. 4; xviii. 12, 16; xxi. 19; plur. 1 Co. iii. 12 [R. V. costly stones] ; compar. τεμιώτερος, 1 Pet. i. 7 Rec.; superl. τιμιώτατος, Rev. xviii. 12; xxi. 11. b. metaph. held in honor, esteemed, especially dear: Veb. xiii. 4; τινί, to one, Acts ν. 34; xx. 24 [here with a gen. also, ace. to the text of T Tr WH (οὐδενὸς λόγου ete. not worth a word; ef. Meyer ad loc.)]; καρπὸς τῆς γῆς, das. v.73 αἷμα, 1 Pet. i. 19; ἐπαγγέλματα, 2 Pet. i. 4.
τίμιος, (1) ‘‘ precious,” “" costly,” of money value (Rev 172, @/.). Cf. P Cairo Zen II. 59160! (B.c. 255) a request to send some corn that the writer may not have to buy at a high price, ὅπως μὴ τίμιον ἀγοράζωμεν, and P Lond 77°? (Will— end of vi/A.D.) (= Chrest. Il. p. 371) ἀπὸ τιμίου εἴδους ἕως ἐλαχίστου. The neut. is used as a subst.in P Oxy VII. 102529 (late iii/A.D.) τὰ τείμια, “the presents” ; (2) “held in honour,” ‘* esteemed” (Ac 524, Heb 134): cf. P Tebt Il. 2942 (A.D. 146) ἐπὶ τοῖϊς αὐ]τοῖς τιμίοις καὶ δικαίοις mace, “with all the same privileges and rights” (Edd.), P Lond 117823 (A.p. 194) (= III. p. 216) ἀνδράσι τειμίοις po[v kal] φίλοις, and from the inscrr. Sy// 930 (= *705)** (B.C. 112-1) συντηρῆσαι τὰ ἐκ παλαιῶν χρόνων δεδομένα τίμια καὶ φιλάνθρωπα. The word is common in addresses, e.g. P Oxy II. 292} (c. A.D. 25) Θέων Τυράννωι τῶι τιμιωτάτων πλεῖστα χαίρειν, 73. 2901…
Read the full entry →τίμιος (timios) — precious.
τίμι-ος [τῑ], α, ον,
[Refs 5th c.BC+]; also ος, ον [Refs 5th c.BC+]: (τιμή):— valued,
I. held in honour, worthy, ὅδε πᾶσι φίλος καὶ τ. ἐστι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἄνδρα τ. [Refs 4th c.BC+]; γενεᾷ τίμιος [Δανάη] [Refs 8th c.BC+]: frequently in comparative and superlative, τιμιώταται θεῶν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; as form of address, -ώτατε[Refs 1st c.AD+]
II. of things, valuable, prized, οὐδὲν κτῆμα -ώτερον [NT+5th c.BC+]
II.2. of high price, costly, dear, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πωλεῖται τίμιος is sold dearly,[Refs 3rd c.BC+]; χρυσίον ὅταν πολὺ παραφανῇ, τὸ ἀργύριον -ώτερον ποιεῖ [Refs 5th c.BC+]. adverb -ίως, πρίασθαι [Refs 6th c.AD+]
τίμιος, α, ον
Adj
of great price, precious, honored
τίμιος timios 13x
precious, costly, of great price, 1 Cor. 3:12; Rev. 18:12; precious, dear, valuable, Acts 20:24; 1 Pet. 1:7, 19; honored, esteemed, respected, Acts 5:34; Heb. 13:4
τίμιος τίμιος, η, ον τι_μή valued:
of persons, held in honour, honoured, worthy, Od., Hdt., attic
of things, costly, prized, Trag.: also costly, dear, Hdt.
conferring honour, honourable, Aesch., Xen.:— τὰ τιμιώτατα ῀ τὰ φίλτατα, Dem.
Adj-GSM — Adjective · genitive · singular · masculinegenitive — of, from, belonging to.
Agrees with anything else marked singular masculine.
A-GSM Part of Speech: Adjective Case: Genitive Number: Singular Gender: Masculine
presh'-us (stands for 17 different words, chief of which are yaqar; timios):
(1) Generally in the literal sense, "of great price," "costly," "expensive," of material things (e.g. Pr 1:13; Jer 20:5; Mr 14:3 the King James Version), especially of precious stones (2Sa 12:30; 2Ch 3:6; 1Co 3:12 the King James Version, etc.).
(2) Sometimes "of great moral (non-material) value." "Precious in the sight of Yahweh is the death of his saints" (Ps 116:15); "his precious and exceeding great promises" (
13 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 5 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.
Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 13 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.
← what comes before
what comes after →
branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path
Counted over the 21 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.
τὸ δὲ „ἐκεῖ οὗ ἐστι τὸ χρυσίον“ οὐκ ἔστι τοπικὸν τοιοῦτον, ἐκεῖ ὅπου ἐστὶ τὸ χρυσίον, ἀλλ’ ἐκεῖ οὗ κτῆμά ἐστιν ἡ χρυσαυγὴς καὶ πεπυρωμένη καὶ τιμία φρόνησις·
ταῦτʼ οὖν καὶ βεβαίωσον καὶ μὴ περιίδῃς με διὰ τὴν παροῦσαν ἀσθένειαν, διʼ ἣν καὶ μᾶλλόν σου δεόμενος τυγχάνω, καί μοι παῖδα τοῦτον εὐμενὴς σῶζε καὶ παντὸς ἀπαθῆ κακοῦ διαφύλαττε δοὺς αὐτῷ βίον εὐδαίμονα καὶ κτῆσιν ἀγαθῶν, ὅσων σοι δύναμις…
ἀτενίσωμεν εἰς τὸ αἷμα τοῦ Χριστοῦ καὶ γνῶμεν, ὡς ἔστιν τίμιον τῷ πατρὶ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι διὰ τὴν ἡμετέραν σωτηρίαν ἐκχυθὲν παντὶ τῷ κόσμῳ μετανοίας χάριν ὑπήνεγκεν.
1 Σαραπίωνι στρατηγῷ Ἀρσινοΐτου Ἡρακλείδου μερίδος Ἰσίδωρος γεγυμνασιαρχηκὼς τῷ τιμιωτάτῳ χαίρειν. διʼ ἐπιστάλματος γραφέντος τῇ … μηνὸς … τοῦ ἐνεστῶτος ὀκτωκαιδεκάτου ἔτους Τραιανοῦ Ἀρίστου
Ἰσίδωρος Ἑρμαισκᾷ τῷ τιμιωτάτῳ χαίρειν. οἱ ἐργοδόται προσῆλθαν ἐπιζητοῦντες οὐάρας εἰς τὴν χρείαν τοῦ κίονος. κατὰ τὸ ἀναγκαῖον
Σωκράτης ἐργοδότης Ἀθηνοδώρῳ ταβελλαρίῳ Ἱμέρου ἐπιτρόπου Καίσαρος τῷ τιμιωτάτῳ χαίρειν. καλῶς ποιήσῃς, ἄδελφε, πέμψας τὸν λόγον ὃν διαπέμπω τῷ κρατίστῳ ἐπιτρόπῳ … χησ
καί (kai) is a conjunction meaning 'and,' used to connect words, phrases, and clauses. It serves various functions, including copulative and adjunctive uses, and can express cumulative ideas like 'also' or 'even.' The New Testament frequently employs it to link terms and sentences, as seen in verses like Matthew 2:18 and John 10:3. Abbott-Smith notes its use in both simple and complex structures, while Thayer emphasizes its role as the most common particle in the New Testament.
καί, a conj., and; the most freq. by far of all the particles in the N. T. [On its uses see W. § 53, 3sqq.; B. 361 (310) sqq., and ef. Ellicott on Phil. iv. 12; on the difference between it and τέ see 8. v. τέ ad init. ] I. It serves as a copulative i.e. to connect (Lat. et, atque, Germ. und) ; 1. it connects single words or terms: a. univ., as of Φαρισαῖοι καὶ Σαδδουκαῖοι, Mt. xvi. 1; ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατήρ, he who is God and Father (see θεός, 3); ἐν καρδίᾳ καλῇ καὶ ἀγαθῇ, Lk. viii. 15; πολυμερῶς καὶ πολυτρόπως, ΗΘ}. 1. 1; it is repeated before single terms, to each of which its own force and weight is thus given: ἡ υἱοθεσία καὶ ἡ δόξα καὶ ai διαθῆκαι καὶ ἡ νομοθεσία καὶ ἡ λατρεία καὶ αἱ ἐπαγγελίαι, Ro. ix. 4 ; ἁγία καὶ δικαία καὶ ἀγαθή, Ro. vii. 12; add, Mt. xxiii. 23; Lk. xiv. 21; Jn. xvi. 8; Acts xv. 20, 29; xxi. 25; Heb. ix. 10; Rey. v. 12; xviii. 12 sq.; ef. W. 519 sq. (484). b. it…
Read the full entry →και. In LAE p. 129 ff. Deissmann discusses the thoroughly popular character of the Johannine style with its short paratactic sentences, introduced by kal. . . καί. To illustrate this, he cites amongst other exx. a Dream from the Serapeum, P Par 51 (B.C. 160) (= Selections, p. 18 ff. : see especially the amended readings in Archiv vi. p. 204), which runs—** ὦμ[ην] βατί -- δ)ίζειν pe [ἀπ]ὸ λειβὸς ἕως ἀ[ πηλι]ώτου, καὶ ἀναπίπτομαι ἐπ᾿ ἄχυρον" καὶ [ἄν]θρωπ[ος9] ἀπὸ λιβός μου, ἐχόμενός μου’ ἀναπίπτει καὶ αὐτός, καὶ ὥσπερ κεκλειμμ[évot] μου ἦσαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου, καὶ ἐξαί[φνης] ἀνύγω τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς pov, καὶ ὁρῶ kTA., “ I dreamed that I was going from West to East, and I lie down upon chaff. And there | αὐτὸ (deleted in the original) Σεμφθεῖ. | ἐκ καινῆς ἐν Σομολ(ῶ)…
Read the full entry →καί (kai) — and.
καί,
conjunction, copulative, joining words and sentences,
__A and; also adverb, even, also, just, frequently expressing emphatic assertion or assent, corresponding as positive to the negative οὐ (μή) or οὐδέ (μηδέ). copulative, and,
__A.I joining words or sentences to those preceding, ἦ, καὶ κυανέῃσιν ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσινεῦσε Κρονίων [Refs 8th c.BC+]: repeated with two or more Nouns, αἱ δὲ ἔλαφοι κ. δορκάδες κ. οἱ ἄγριοι οἶες κ. οἱ ὄνοι οἱ ἄγριοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; joining only the last pair, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ ὄχλος πλείων κ. πλείων ἐπέρρει more and more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to add epithets after πολύς, πολλὰ κ. ἐσθλά [Refs 8th c.BC+]
καί
kai
apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also
a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in
connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and,
also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when,
yet.
καί
Cj.
and, even, also, namely
καί kai 9x
(1) and, Mt. 2:2, 3, 11; 4:22; (2) καί ... καί, both ... and; (3) as a cumulative particle, also, too, Mt. 5:39; Jn. 8:19; 1 Cor. 11:6; (4) emphatic, even, also, Mt. 10:30; 1 Cor. 2:10; in NT adversative, but, Mt. 11:19; also introductory of the apodosis of a sentence, Gal. 3:28; Jas. 2:4
Conj — Conjunctionconjunction — it joins clauses, and never changes form.
CONJ CONJunction or conjunctive particle
9,477 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 42 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.
Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 8,978 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.
← what comes before
what comes after →
branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path
3 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →
Τῶν ἄλλων νομοθετῶν οἱ μὲν ἀκαλλώπιστα καὶ γυμνὰ τὰ νομισθέντα παρ’ αὐτοῖς εἶναι δίκαια διετάξαντο, οἱ δὲ πολὺν ὄγκον τοῖς νοήμασι προσπεριβαλόντες ἐξετύφωσαν τὰ πλήθη μυθικοῖς πλάσμασι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπικρύψαντες.
ἡ τοῦ κόσμου σύστασις καὶ διάταξις τῶν στοιχείων.
Χαίρετε, υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες, ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς, ἐν εἰρήνῃ.
r βασιλεύοντος Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν Φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιε, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν καὶ κανηφόρου τῶν
1 ἔτους ιζ Θῶυθ κη ἀπέδοτο Πετεσοῦχος Φίβιος καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τὸ ὕπαρχον αὐτοῖς ἥμισυ περιστερῶνος τοῦ ὄντος ἐν τῶι ἀπὸ βορρᾶ μέρει
βασιλευόντων Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιϛ, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν καὶ κανηφόρου τῶν
The Greek word μαργαρίτης, transliterated as margaritēs, means 'a pearl.' It appears in several New Testament passages, including Matthew and Revelation, often symbolizing something precious. The word is derived from margaros, referring to a pearl oyster, and is used proverbially in Matthew 7:6 to describe the act of sharing sacred teachings with those unworthy of them.
μαργαρίτης, -ov, 6, a pearl: Mt. xiii. 45 sq.; 1 Tim. ii. 9; Rev. xvii. 4; xviii. [12], 16; xxi. 21 [hereL TWH accent -pira, RG Tr -pira (cf. ΤᾺ Proleg. p. 101)]; τοὺς μαργαρίτας βάλλειν ἔμπρυσθεν χοίρων, a proverb, i. 6. to thrust the most sacred and precious teachings of the gospel upon the most wicked and abandoned men (incompetent as they are, through their hostility to the gospel, to receive them), and thus to profane them, Mt. vii. 6 (cf. Prov. iii. 15 sq.; Job xxviii. 18 sq.).
μαργαρίτης (margaritēs) — pearl.
μαργᾰρ-ίτης [ῑ], ου, ὁ,
pearl, [Refs 4th c.BC+]: -ῖτις λίθος, ἡ, Androsth. cited in [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; -ῖτις alone, [Refs 1st c.BC+]; -ίς alone, [Refs 3rd c.AD+]
II. -ίτης χερσαῖος, an unidentified precious stone, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]
μαργαρίτης
margarites
from margaros (a pearl-oyster); a pearl:--pearl.
μαργαρίτης, ου, ὁ
n.m.
a pearl
μαργαρίτης margaritēs 9x
a pearl, Mt. 7:6; 13:45, 46; 1 Tim. 2:9; Rev. 17:4; 18:12, 16; 21:21*
μαργαρίτης μαργα^ρί_της, ου, ὁ, a pearl, Theophr., etc.
A Persian word.
Noun-GSM — Noun · genitive · singular · masculinegenitive — of, from, belonging to.
Agrees with anything else marked singular masculine.
N-GSM Part of Speech: Noun Case: Genitive Number: Singular Gender: Masculine
Were ranked by the ancients among the most precious substances, Re 17:4, and were highly valued as ornaments for women. Their modest splendor still charms the Orientals, and a string of pearls is a favorite decoration of eastern monarchs. The kingdom of heaven is compared to a goodly pearl, so superior to all others that the pearl merchant sold all others that he could obtain for it the highest price, Mt 13:45,46. The gates of heaven are described as consisting of pearls; "every several gate was one pearl," Re 21:21. The Savior forbade his apostles to cast their pearls before swine, Mt 7:6; that is, to expose the precious truths of the gospel unnecessarily to those who…
9 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 3 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.
Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 9 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.
← what comes before
what comes after →
branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path
χωρὶς τούτου μηδὲν ὑμῖν πρεπέτω, ἐν ᾧ τὰ δεσμὰ περιφέρω, τοὺς πνευματικοὺς μαργαρίτας, ἐν οἷς γένοιτό μοι ἀναστῆναι τῆ προσευχῇ ὑμῶν, ἦς γένοιτό μοι ἀεὶ μέτοχον εἶναι, ἵνα ἐν κλήρῳ Ἐφεσίων εὑρεθῶ τῶν Χριστιανῶν, οἳ καὶ τοῖς ἀποστόλοις πάντοτε…
χμγ Μηνᾶς Ἰακὼβ γεωργῷ ἀπὸ Ὤφεως· κατέβαλες ἐπὶ Μαργαρίτην τὸν παῖδα ἐπὶ μηνὸς Ἁθὺρ τετάρτης ἰνδικτίονος νομίσματα πέντε, οὕτως· ὑπὲρ μὲν
Ἰωάννῃ ἀδελφῷ σίτου ἀρτάβαι … δ Ἀγάθῳ ἀδελφῷ σίτου ἀρτάβαι ϛ φακοῦ ἀρτάβαι … Μαργαρίτῃ Ἀλεξανδρῖ πατρὶ αὐτῶν σίτου ἀρτάβαι θ φακοῦ ἀρτάβαι … Ἰωάννῃ ἄπα Ὧλ σίτου ἀρτάβαι
τὸ δὲ ναῦλον κελεύσῃ δοῦναι ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ὅσον ἂν θε … τὸν αὐτὸν οὖν μαργαρίτην κέλευσον πεμφθῆναι μετὰ τῶν σκευῶν ἐνταῦθα ἵνα καὶ παραδῶ αὐτά, εἰ καί, ὅτι ζῇ
καί (kai) is a conjunction meaning 'and,' used to connect words, phrases, and clauses. It serves various functions, including copulative and adjunctive uses, and can express cumulative ideas like 'also' or 'even.' The New Testament frequently employs it to link terms and sentences, as seen in verses like Matthew 2:18 and John 10:3. Abbott-Smith notes its use in both simple and complex structures, while Thayer emphasizes its role as the most common particle in the New Testament.
καί, a conj., and; the most freq. by far of all the particles in the N. T. [On its uses see W. § 53, 3sqq.; B. 361 (310) sqq., and ef. Ellicott on Phil. iv. 12; on the difference between it and τέ see 8. v. τέ ad init. ] I. It serves as a copulative i.e. to connect (Lat. et, atque, Germ. und) ; 1. it connects single words or terms: a. univ., as of Φαρισαῖοι καὶ Σαδδουκαῖοι, Mt. xvi. 1; ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατήρ, he who is God and Father (see θεός, 3); ἐν καρδίᾳ καλῇ καὶ ἀγαθῇ, Lk. viii. 15; πολυμερῶς καὶ πολυτρόπως, ΗΘ}. 1. 1; it is repeated before single terms, to each of which its own force and weight is thus given: ἡ υἱοθεσία καὶ ἡ δόξα καὶ ai διαθῆκαι καὶ ἡ νομοθεσία καὶ ἡ λατρεία καὶ αἱ ἐπαγγελίαι, Ro. ix. 4 ; ἁγία καὶ δικαία καὶ ἀγαθή, Ro. vii. 12; add, Mt. xxiii. 23; Lk. xiv. 21; Jn. xvi. 8; Acts xv. 20, 29; xxi. 25; Heb. ix. 10; Rey. v. 12; xviii. 12 sq.; ef. W. 519 sq. (484). b. it…
Read the full entry →και. In LAE p. 129 ff. Deissmann discusses the thoroughly popular character of the Johannine style with its short paratactic sentences, introduced by kal. . . καί. To illustrate this, he cites amongst other exx. a Dream from the Serapeum, P Par 51 (B.C. 160) (= Selections, p. 18 ff. : see especially the amended readings in Archiv vi. p. 204), which runs—** ὦμ[ην] βατί -- δ)ίζειν pe [ἀπ]ὸ λειβὸς ἕως ἀ[ πηλι]ώτου, καὶ ἀναπίπτομαι ἐπ᾿ ἄχυρον" καὶ [ἄν]θρωπ[ος9] ἀπὸ λιβός μου, ἐχόμενός μου’ ἀναπίπτει καὶ αὐτός, καὶ ὥσπερ κεκλειμμ[évot] μου ἦσαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου, καὶ ἐξαί[φνης] ἀνύγω τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς pov, καὶ ὁρῶ kTA., “ I dreamed that I was going from West to East, and I lie down upon chaff. And there | αὐτὸ (deleted in the original) Σεμφθεῖ. | ἐκ καινῆς ἐν Σομολ(ῶ)…
Read the full entry →καί (kai) — and.
καί,
conjunction, copulative, joining words and sentences,
__A and; also adverb, even, also, just, frequently expressing emphatic assertion or assent, corresponding as positive to the negative οὐ (μή) or οὐδέ (μηδέ). copulative, and,
__A.I joining words or sentences to those preceding, ἦ, καὶ κυανέῃσιν ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσινεῦσε Κρονίων [Refs 8th c.BC+]: repeated with two or more Nouns, αἱ δὲ ἔλαφοι κ. δορκάδες κ. οἱ ἄγριοι οἶες κ. οἱ ὄνοι οἱ ἄγριοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; joining only the last pair, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ ὄχλος πλείων κ. πλείων ἐπέρρει more and more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to add epithets after πολύς, πολλὰ κ. ἐσθλά [Refs 8th c.BC+]
καί
kai
apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also
a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in
connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and,
also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when,
yet.
καί
Cj.
and, even, also, namely
καί kai 9x
(1) and, Mt. 2:2, 3, 11; 4:22; (2) καί ... καί, both ... and; (3) as a cumulative particle, also, too, Mt. 5:39; Jn. 8:19; 1 Cor. 11:6; (4) emphatic, even, also, Mt. 10:30; 1 Cor. 2:10; in NT adversative, but, Mt. 11:19; also introductory of the apodosis of a sentence, Gal. 3:28; Jas. 2:4
Conj — Conjunctionconjunction — it joins clauses, and never changes form.
CONJ CONJunction or conjunctive particle
9,477 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 42 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.
Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 8,978 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.
← what comes before
what comes after →
branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path
3 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →
Τῶν ἄλλων νομοθετῶν οἱ μὲν ἀκαλλώπιστα καὶ γυμνὰ τὰ νομισθέντα παρ’ αὐτοῖς εἶναι δίκαια διετάξαντο, οἱ δὲ πολὺν ὄγκον τοῖς νοήμασι προσπεριβαλόντες ἐξετύφωσαν τὰ πλήθη μυθικοῖς πλάσμασι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπικρύψαντες.
ἡ τοῦ κόσμου σύστασις καὶ διάταξις τῶν στοιχείων.
Χαίρετε, υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες, ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς, ἐν εἰρήνῃ.
r βασιλεύοντος Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν Φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιε, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν καὶ κανηφόρου τῶν
1 ἔτους ιζ Θῶυθ κη ἀπέδοτο Πετεσοῦχος Φίβιος καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τὸ ὕπαρχον αὐτοῖς ἥμισυ περιστερῶνος τοῦ ὄντος ἐν τῶι ἀπὸ βορρᾶ μέρει
βασιλευόντων Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιϛ, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν καὶ κανηφόρου τῶν
The Greek word βύσσινος (bussinos) means 'made of fine linen' and is derived from βύσσος (byssos). It is used in the New Testament, particularly in Revelation, to describe luxurious garments. The term also appears in ancient texts related to bandages and mummy-cloths, indicating its historical significance in textile production.
βύσσινος, -η, -ον
(< βύσσος),
[in LXX chiefly for שֵׁשׁ, בּוּץ, etc. ;]
made of βύσσος, fine linen: Re 18:12, 16 19:8, 14.†
βύσσινος, -7, -ov, (ἡ βύσσος, q. v.; cf. ἀκάνθινος, ἀμαpavrwos), made of fine linen; neut. βύσσινον se. ἱμάτιον ΟΥ̓. 591 (550); [B. 82 (72)]), (a) fine linen (garment): Rev. xviii. 12 (Rec. βύσσου), 16; xix. 8, 14 [WHmrg. λευκοβύσσινον (for βύσσινον λευκόν)]. (Gen. xli. 42; 1 Chr. xv. 27. Aeschyl., Hdt., Eur., Diod. 1, 85; Plut., al)
βύσσινος. The manufacture of this famous material (τὰ βύσσινα, with or without ὀθόνια) seems to have been a Government monopoly in Egypt, and it was carried on under the direction of the priests in the temples, which were hives of industry as well as of devotion. The output of these early ecclesiastics ranged from lawn to beer, as we see from P Eleph 27a" (p.c. 225-4) with the editor’s note and P Lond 1177 (A.D. 113) (= III. p. 182). See also for the linen monopoly Wilcken Os¢v. i. p. 266 ff. and Dittenberger’s note to OG/S 90"? (the Rosetta Stone—B.c. 196) τῶν τ᾽ εἰς τὸ βασιλικὸν συντελουμένων ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς βυσσίνων ὀθονίων ἀπέλυσεν τὰ δύο μέρη.
βύσσινος (bussinos) — fine linen.
βύσσινος, η, ον,
made of βύσσος, σινδὼν β. fine linen bandage, used for mummy-cloths, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; βύσσινον, τό, [LXX+NT]
II. ={πορφυροῦς}, [Refs 5th c.AD+]
βύσσινος
bussinos
from 1040; made of linen (neuter a linen cloth):--fine linen.
see GREEK for 1040
βύσσινος, η, ον
Adj
of fine linen, cotton
βύσσινος byssinos 5x
made of fine linen or fine cotton, Rev. 18:16; 18:8 (2x), 14*
βύσσινος made of βύσσος, σινδών β. a fine linen bandage, used for mummy-cloths,, Hdt.; for wounds, id. Hdt.; β. πέπλοι Aesch
Adj-GSN — Adjective · genitive · singular · neutergenitive — of, from, belonging to.
Agrees with anything else marked singular neuter.
A-GSN Part of Speech: Adjective Case: Genitive Number: Singular Gender: Neuter
5 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 1 different way. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.
Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 5 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.
← what comes before
what comes after →
branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path
Counted over the 13 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.
ἑκατέρωθεν δὲ τοῦ πυλῶνος τρεῖς κάμακες ἦσαν ἑστῶσαι, αἳ τοῖς πυλούχοις ἐμβεβήκεσαν ἐρηρεισμέναι, καὶ κατʼ αὐτῶν δὲ βύσσινον ὕφος σινδόνος ἦν περιηγμένον.
ἔτους κη Πανήμου κβ ἐν τῆι Νικίου Ζήνωνος … ειαν συντάξαντος Ἑλένωι Αἰθίοπι χιτὼν βύσσινος α Γορπιείου ιη ἐν Κροκοδίλων πόλει Ζήνωνι ἃ ἀπέστειλεν εἰς τὴν δοχὴν τὴν Κρίτωνος
καί (kai) is a conjunction meaning 'and,' used to connect words, phrases, and clauses. It serves various functions, including copulative and adjunctive uses, and can express cumulative ideas like 'also' or 'even.' The New Testament frequently employs it to link terms and sentences, as seen in verses like Matthew 2:18 and John 10:3. Abbott-Smith notes its use in both simple and complex structures, while Thayer emphasizes its role as the most common particle in the New Testament.
καί, a conj., and; the most freq. by far of all the particles in the N. T. [On its uses see W. § 53, 3sqq.; B. 361 (310) sqq., and ef. Ellicott on Phil. iv. 12; on the difference between it and τέ see 8. v. τέ ad init. ] I. It serves as a copulative i.e. to connect (Lat. et, atque, Germ. und) ; 1. it connects single words or terms: a. univ., as of Φαρισαῖοι καὶ Σαδδουκαῖοι, Mt. xvi. 1; ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατήρ, he who is God and Father (see θεός, 3); ἐν καρδίᾳ καλῇ καὶ ἀγαθῇ, Lk. viii. 15; πολυμερῶς καὶ πολυτρόπως, ΗΘ}. 1. 1; it is repeated before single terms, to each of which its own force and weight is thus given: ἡ υἱοθεσία καὶ ἡ δόξα καὶ ai διαθῆκαι καὶ ἡ νομοθεσία καὶ ἡ λατρεία καὶ αἱ ἐπαγγελίαι, Ro. ix. 4 ; ἁγία καὶ δικαία καὶ ἀγαθή, Ro. vii. 12; add, Mt. xxiii. 23; Lk. xiv. 21; Jn. xvi. 8; Acts xv. 20, 29; xxi. 25; Heb. ix. 10; Rey. v. 12; xviii. 12 sq.; ef. W. 519 sq. (484). b. it…
Read the full entry →και. In LAE p. 129 ff. Deissmann discusses the thoroughly popular character of the Johannine style with its short paratactic sentences, introduced by kal. . . καί. To illustrate this, he cites amongst other exx. a Dream from the Serapeum, P Par 51 (B.C. 160) (= Selections, p. 18 ff. : see especially the amended readings in Archiv vi. p. 204), which runs—** ὦμ[ην] βατί -- δ)ίζειν pe [ἀπ]ὸ λειβὸς ἕως ἀ[ πηλι]ώτου, καὶ ἀναπίπτομαι ἐπ᾿ ἄχυρον" καὶ [ἄν]θρωπ[ος9] ἀπὸ λιβός μου, ἐχόμενός μου’ ἀναπίπτει καὶ αὐτός, καὶ ὥσπερ κεκλειμμ[évot] μου ἦσαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου, καὶ ἐξαί[φνης] ἀνύγω τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς pov, καὶ ὁρῶ kTA., “ I dreamed that I was going from West to East, and I lie down upon chaff. And there | αὐτὸ (deleted in the original) Σεμφθεῖ. | ἐκ καινῆς ἐν Σομολ(ῶ)…
Read the full entry →καί (kai) — and.
καί,
conjunction, copulative, joining words and sentences,
__A and; also adverb, even, also, just, frequently expressing emphatic assertion or assent, corresponding as positive to the negative οὐ (μή) or οὐδέ (μηδέ). copulative, and,
__A.I joining words or sentences to those preceding, ἦ, καὶ κυανέῃσιν ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσινεῦσε Κρονίων [Refs 8th c.BC+]: repeated with two or more Nouns, αἱ δὲ ἔλαφοι κ. δορκάδες κ. οἱ ἄγριοι οἶες κ. οἱ ὄνοι οἱ ἄγριοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; joining only the last pair, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ ὄχλος πλείων κ. πλείων ἐπέρρει more and more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to add epithets after πολύς, πολλὰ κ. ἐσθλά [Refs 8th c.BC+]
καί
kai
apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also
a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in
connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and,
also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when,
yet.
καί
Cj.
and, even, also, namely
καί kai 9x
(1) and, Mt. 2:2, 3, 11; 4:22; (2) καί ... καί, both ... and; (3) as a cumulative particle, also, too, Mt. 5:39; Jn. 8:19; 1 Cor. 11:6; (4) emphatic, even, also, Mt. 10:30; 1 Cor. 2:10; in NT adversative, but, Mt. 11:19; also introductory of the apodosis of a sentence, Gal. 3:28; Jas. 2:4
Conj — Conjunctionconjunction — it joins clauses, and never changes form.
CONJ CONJunction or conjunctive particle
9,477 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 42 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.
Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 8,978 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.
← what comes before
what comes after →
branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path
3 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →
Τῶν ἄλλων νομοθετῶν οἱ μὲν ἀκαλλώπιστα καὶ γυμνὰ τὰ νομισθέντα παρ’ αὐτοῖς εἶναι δίκαια διετάξαντο, οἱ δὲ πολὺν ὄγκον τοῖς νοήμασι προσπεριβαλόντες ἐξετύφωσαν τὰ πλήθη μυθικοῖς πλάσμασι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπικρύψαντες.
ἡ τοῦ κόσμου σύστασις καὶ διάταξις τῶν στοιχείων.
Χαίρετε, υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες, ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς, ἐν εἰρήνῃ.
r βασιλεύοντος Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν Φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιε, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν καὶ κανηφόρου τῶν
1 ἔτους ιζ Θῶυθ κη ἀπέδοτο Πετεσοῦχος Φίβιος καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τὸ ὕπαρχον αὐτοῖς ἥμισυ περιστερῶνος τοῦ ὄντος ἐν τῶι ἀπὸ βορρᾶ μέρει
βασιλευόντων Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιϛ, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν καὶ κανηφόρου τῶν
The Greek word πορφύρα (i.e., *porphura*) refers to purple dye derived from a type of shellfish, specifically the murex. It encompasses both the dye itself and garments made from purple cloth, as seen in various New Testament references. The lexicons consistently link it to purple garments, but there is some debate regarding the exact shade and context of its use in literature.
πορφύρα, -as, ἥ, Sept. for }378; 1. the purpleJish, a species of shell-fish or mussel: [Aeschyl., Soph.], Isocr., Aristot., al.; add 1 Mace. iv. 23, on which see Grimm ; [cf. B. D. s. v. Colors 1}. 2. a fabric colored with the purple dye, a garment made from purple cloth, (so fr. Aeschyl. down): Mk. xv. 17, 20; Lk. xvi. 19; Rev. xvii. 4 Rec.; xviii. 12.
πορφύρα. For this common word = “‘ purple dye” it is sufficient to cite P Oxy IV. 739! (private account—c. A.D. 1) πορφύρας (δραχμαὶ) Κ, ‘purple, 20 dr.,” 26. VI. 9314 (ii/a.D.) τὴν ovyklay τῆς πορφύρας] ἔπεμψα, “1 have sent the ounce of purple,” and P Giss I. 4718 (time of Hadrian) τὸ ἡμιλεί[τρ]ιον τῆς πορφύρας ἀντὶ (δραχμῶν) of [(Spaxpav)] σνβ, ‘‘the half pound of purple for 252 instead of 264 drachmae”: see the editor’s note. ILopoipa is used of a “‘purple robe” in Aristeas 320, as in Mk 15}? a/., where however Souter (Zex. s.v.) understands ‘‘a red-coloured cloak,” such as common soldiers wore.
πορφύρα (porphura) — purple cloth.
πορφύρ-α [ῠ],
Ionic dialect πορφύρ-η, ἡ, purple-fish, Murex trunculus and Purpura haemastoma, [Refs 5th c.BC+]
II. purple dye obtained from it, [Refs 7th c.BC+]; used as an application, βρέξαντες ἐν [τῷ νάρδῳ] τὴν π. ἐπιτιθέναι [Refs 4th c.AD+]
III. ={πορφυρίς} 1, [Refs 1st c.AD+]: in plural, cloths of purple, πορφύρας πατῶν [Refs 4th c.BC+]: collectively in singular, κωμῳδοῖς.. πορφύραν εἰσφέρων, ὥσπερ οἱ Μεγαρεῖς [Refs 4th c.BC+]
IV. purple stripe or other adornment of a garment, τῆς σκιᾶς τὴν π. πρῶτον ἐνυφαίνουσ᾽, εἶτα μετὰ τὴν π. τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν οὔτε λευκὸν οὔτε π. ἀλλ᾽ ὥσπερ αὐγὴ τῆς κρόκης κεκραμένη [Refs 4th c.BC+]; π. πλατεῖα, = Latin latus clavus, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; π. alone…
πορφύρα
porphura
of Latin origin; the "purple" mussel, i.e. (by implication) the
red-blue color itself, and finally a garment dyed with it:--purple.
πορφύρα, ας, ἡ
n.f.
a purple garment
πορφύρα porphyra 4x
purpura, murex, a species of shellfish that yielded the purple dye, highly esteemed by the ancients, its tint being a bright crimson; in NT a purple garment, robe of purple, Lk. 16:19; Rev. 18:12
πορφύρα πορφύ^ρα, ionic -ρη, ἡ, πορφύρω the purple-fish, Lat. murex, Aesch.
purple dye, purple, Hdt.
= πορφυρίς, purple raiment, Aesch.
Adj-GSN — Adjective · genitive · singular · neutergenitive — of, from, belonging to.
Agrees with anything else marked singular neuter.
A-GSN Part of Speech: Adjective Case: Genitive Number: Singular Gender: Neuter
4 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 2 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.
Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 4 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.
← what comes before
what comes after →
branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path
Counted over the 29 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.
τά τε γὰρ νήματα πάντα τῆς ὑακίνθου καὶ πορφύρας καὶ κοκκίνου καὶ βύσσου καὶ τριχῶν αἰγείων ἐπιτελοῦσι (Exod.
ὁ δὲ ταύτης αὐτῷ τῆς ἐξουσίας ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως δοθείσης σφραγῖδί τε χρῆσθαι τῇ αὐτοῦ καὶ πορφύραν ἐνδύσασθαι διὰ τῆς γῆς ἁπάσης ἐλαύνων ἐφʼ ἅρματος ἦγε τὸν σῖτον παρὰ τῶν γεωργῶν τὸν ἀρκοῦντα πρός τε σπόρον καὶ διατροφὴν ἑκάστοις ἀπομετρῶν, μηδενὶ…
τῆς σκιᾶς φανερόν μοι ἐγενήθη ἐκζητήσαντι μετὰ τοῦ Φιλοξένου καὶ Ἱλάρου ἠλλάχθαι μὲν τὴν πορφυρᾶν ὑπὸ τοῦ Διοδώρου καὶ μὴ δεδωκέναι σοί, πρὸς ὃ ἔδειξέ σοι ὑπόδειγμα διὰ τὸ
οὖν σε, πάτερ, ἵνα ἀναγκάσῃς Αλιμαν διῶξαι τὰ ἱμάτια καὶ δώσεις αὐτῇ ἀξίαν σου πορφύραν κατὰ χιτῶνα μόνον ἐπειδὴ πρὸς ὀψώνιον … … υ. τὸ οὖν παρεχόμενον ἀξιῶ
μεικρὸν ἔργον αὐτοῦ πέμψον. εἰ θέλεις ἀναβληθῆναί σου τὴν ἰσχνὴν λευκὴν στολήν, φρόντισον τῆς πορφύρας. ἐχρηματίσθην ὑπὸ τῶν Διοσκούρων τῆς κτήσεως σου καὶ ᾠκοδόμηται αὐτῶν ὁ τόπος καὶ Ἄρειος
καί (kai) is a conjunction meaning 'and,' used to connect words, phrases, and clauses. It serves various functions, including copulative and adjunctive uses, and can express cumulative ideas like 'also' or 'even.' The New Testament frequently employs it to link terms and sentences, as seen in verses like Matthew 2:18 and John 10:3. Abbott-Smith notes its use in both simple and complex structures, while Thayer emphasizes its role as the most common particle in the New Testament.
καί, a conj., and; the most freq. by far of all the particles in the N. T. [On its uses see W. § 53, 3sqq.; B. 361 (310) sqq., and ef. Ellicott on Phil. iv. 12; on the difference between it and τέ see 8. v. τέ ad init. ] I. It serves as a copulative i.e. to connect (Lat. et, atque, Germ. und) ; 1. it connects single words or terms: a. univ., as of Φαρισαῖοι καὶ Σαδδουκαῖοι, Mt. xvi. 1; ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατήρ, he who is God and Father (see θεός, 3); ἐν καρδίᾳ καλῇ καὶ ἀγαθῇ, Lk. viii. 15; πολυμερῶς καὶ πολυτρόπως, ΗΘ}. 1. 1; it is repeated before single terms, to each of which its own force and weight is thus given: ἡ υἱοθεσία καὶ ἡ δόξα καὶ ai διαθῆκαι καὶ ἡ νομοθεσία καὶ ἡ λατρεία καὶ αἱ ἐπαγγελίαι, Ro. ix. 4 ; ἁγία καὶ δικαία καὶ ἀγαθή, Ro. vii. 12; add, Mt. xxiii. 23; Lk. xiv. 21; Jn. xvi. 8; Acts xv. 20, 29; xxi. 25; Heb. ix. 10; Rey. v. 12; xviii. 12 sq.; ef. W. 519 sq. (484). b. it…
Read the full entry →και. In LAE p. 129 ff. Deissmann discusses the thoroughly popular character of the Johannine style with its short paratactic sentences, introduced by kal. . . καί. To illustrate this, he cites amongst other exx. a Dream from the Serapeum, P Par 51 (B.C. 160) (= Selections, p. 18 ff. : see especially the amended readings in Archiv vi. p. 204), which runs—** ὦμ[ην] βατί -- δ)ίζειν pe [ἀπ]ὸ λειβὸς ἕως ἀ[ πηλι]ώτου, καὶ ἀναπίπτομαι ἐπ᾿ ἄχυρον" καὶ [ἄν]θρωπ[ος9] ἀπὸ λιβός μου, ἐχόμενός μου’ ἀναπίπτει καὶ αὐτός, καὶ ὥσπερ κεκλειμμ[évot] μου ἦσαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου, καὶ ἐξαί[φνης] ἀνύγω τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς pov, καὶ ὁρῶ kTA., “ I dreamed that I was going from West to East, and I lie down upon chaff. And there | αὐτὸ (deleted in the original) Σεμφθεῖ. | ἐκ καινῆς ἐν Σομολ(ῶ)…
Read the full entry →καί (kai) — and.
καί,
conjunction, copulative, joining words and sentences,
__A and; also adverb, even, also, just, frequently expressing emphatic assertion or assent, corresponding as positive to the negative οὐ (μή) or οὐδέ (μηδέ). copulative, and,
__A.I joining words or sentences to those preceding, ἦ, καὶ κυανέῃσιν ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσινεῦσε Κρονίων [Refs 8th c.BC+]: repeated with two or more Nouns, αἱ δὲ ἔλαφοι κ. δορκάδες κ. οἱ ἄγριοι οἶες κ. οἱ ὄνοι οἱ ἄγριοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; joining only the last pair, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ ὄχλος πλείων κ. πλείων ἐπέρρει more and more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to add epithets after πολύς, πολλὰ κ. ἐσθλά [Refs 8th c.BC+]
καί
kai
apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also
a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in
connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and,
also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when,
yet.
καί
Cj.
and, even, also, namely
καί kai 9x
(1) and, Mt. 2:2, 3, 11; 4:22; (2) καί ... καί, both ... and; (3) as a cumulative particle, also, too, Mt. 5:39; Jn. 8:19; 1 Cor. 11:6; (4) emphatic, even, also, Mt. 10:30; 1 Cor. 2:10; in NT adversative, but, Mt. 11:19; also introductory of the apodosis of a sentence, Gal. 3:28; Jas. 2:4
Conj — Conjunctionconjunction — it joins clauses, and never changes form.
CONJ CONJunction or conjunctive particle
9,477 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 42 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.
Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 8,978 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.
← what comes before
what comes after →
branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path
3 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →
Τῶν ἄλλων νομοθετῶν οἱ μὲν ἀκαλλώπιστα καὶ γυμνὰ τὰ νομισθέντα παρ’ αὐτοῖς εἶναι δίκαια διετάξαντο, οἱ δὲ πολὺν ὄγκον τοῖς νοήμασι προσπεριβαλόντες ἐξετύφωσαν τὰ πλήθη μυθικοῖς πλάσμασι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπικρύψαντες.
ἡ τοῦ κόσμου σύστασις καὶ διάταξις τῶν στοιχείων.
Χαίρετε, υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες, ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς, ἐν εἰρήνῃ.
r βασιλεύοντος Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν Φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιε, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν καὶ κανηφόρου τῶν
1 ἔτους ιζ Θῶυθ κη ἀπέδοτο Πετεσοῦχος Φίβιος καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τὸ ὕπαρχον αὐτοῖς ἥμισυ περιστερῶνος τοῦ ὄντος ἐν τῶι ἀπὸ βορρᾶ μέρει
βασιλευόντων Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιϛ, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν καὶ κανηφόρου τῶν
σιρικός is an adjective meaning 'silken' or 'of silk,' derived from the name of the Seres, an ancient people associated with silk production. It refers to silk fabrics and garments, notably mentioned in Revelation 18:12. The word can also appear as a noun, indicating a silken robe or fabric.
* σιρικός (by assimilation of vowels, for σηρικός; v. Mayser, 150; WH, Notes, 151), -ή, -όν
(< οἱ Σῆρες, a people of India from whom the ancients got the first silk),
silk, silken; as subst., τὸ σ., silken fabric, silk: Re 18:12 (cf. FlJ, B.J., vii, 5, 4).†
σηρικός (Lchm. ed. maj. T WII σιρικός [ef. WH. App. p: 1517), -n, τόν, (Sip, Σῆρες, the Seres, a people of India [prob. mod. China; yet on the name οἵ. Pape, Eigennamen, s.v.; Dict. of Geog. 5. v. Serica]) ; 1. prop. pertaining to the Seres. 2. silken: τὸ σηρικόν, silk, i. 6. the fabric, silken garments, Rev. xviii. 12. ({Strabo, Plut., Arr., Leian.]; ἐσθήσεσι σηρικαῖς, Joseph. b. j. 7, 5, 4.)
σιρικός for σηρικός, “silken,” is read by all uncials in Rev 1813: cf. 7G XIV. 785% σιρικοποιός, and 70 III. ii. 35132 (v/a.D.) oiptkaptos, The adj. is formed from the name of the Indian (or Chinese) people from whom silk was first obtained—ot Apes. Boisacq (p. 861 f.) suggests that both the fabric and the tribe got their Greek names by popular etymology from the native name of the fabric.
σηρικός (sērikos) — silk.
σηρῐκός, ή, όν,
(Σήρ) Seric, silken, ἐσθής [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; παραπετάσματα, σκευή, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; written σειρικός, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]:—as substantive, σηρικόν, τό, silken robe, silk, [NT+1st c.BC+]
2. σηρικά, τά, jujubes, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]
3. σηρικόν (perhaps συρικόν), τό, a red pigment,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; Syricum pigmentum, quod Syrii Phoenices in Rubri maris litoribus colligunt, [Refs 6th c.AD+]
σιρικος
serikos
from Ser (an Indian tribe from whom silk was procured; hence the name
of the silk-worm); Seric, i.e. silken (neuter as noun, a silky
fabric):--silk.
σηρικός, ή, όν
Adj
silken
σιρικός sirikos 1x
see also σηρικός, silk, of silk, silken; τὸ σηρικόν, silken stuff, Rev. 18:12*
σηρικός σηρι^κός, ή, όν Σήρ Seric, silken, Luc.:—Subst., σηρικόν, or σιρικόν, οῦ, a silken robe, silk, NTest.
Adj-GSN — Adjective · genitive · singular · neutergenitive — of, from, belonging to.
Agrees with anything else marked singular neuter.
A-GSN Part of Speech: Adjective Case: Genitive Number: Singular Gender: Neuter
Silk
Heb. demeshek, “damask,” silk cloth manufactured at Damascus, Amos 3:12. A.V., “in the corner of a bed, and in Damascus in a couch;” R.V., “in the corner of a couch, and on the silken cushions of a bed” (marg., “in Damascus on a bed”).
Heb. meshi, (Ezek. 16:10, 13, rendered “silk”). In Gen. 41:42 (marg. A.V.), Prov. 31:22 (R.V., “fine linen”), the word “silk” ought to be “fine linen.”
Silk was common in New Testament times (Rev. 18:12).
The only undoubted notice of silk in the Bible occurs in (Revelation 18:12) where it is mentioned among the treasures of the typical Babylon. It is however, in the highest degree probable that the texture was known to the Hebrews from the time that their commercial relations were extended by Solomon. The well-known classical name of the substance does not occur in the Hebrew language.
In the time of the Ptolemies, came to Greece and Rome from the far east of China, etc., by the way of Alexandria, and was sold for its weight in gold. It sometimes came in the form of skeins, and was woven into a light and thin gauze. It is mentioned in Re 18:12, and probably in Eze 16:10,13. In Ge 41:42 and Pr 31:22, the word rendered silk in our version is the same that is elsewhere correctly rendered fine linen. It is not known how early or extensively the Jews used it.
1 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 1 different way. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.
καί (kai) is a conjunction meaning 'and,' used to connect words, phrases, and clauses. It serves various functions, including copulative and adjunctive uses, and can express cumulative ideas like 'also' or 'even.' The New Testament frequently employs it to link terms and sentences, as seen in verses like Matthew 2:18 and John 10:3. Abbott-Smith notes its use in both simple and complex structures, while Thayer emphasizes its role as the most common particle in the New Testament.
καί, a conj., and; the most freq. by far of all the particles in the N. T. [On its uses see W. § 53, 3sqq.; B. 361 (310) sqq., and ef. Ellicott on Phil. iv. 12; on the difference between it and τέ see 8. v. τέ ad init. ] I. It serves as a copulative i.e. to connect (Lat. et, atque, Germ. und) ; 1. it connects single words or terms: a. univ., as of Φαρισαῖοι καὶ Σαδδουκαῖοι, Mt. xvi. 1; ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατήρ, he who is God and Father (see θεός, 3); ἐν καρδίᾳ καλῇ καὶ ἀγαθῇ, Lk. viii. 15; πολυμερῶς καὶ πολυτρόπως, ΗΘ}. 1. 1; it is repeated before single terms, to each of which its own force and weight is thus given: ἡ υἱοθεσία καὶ ἡ δόξα καὶ ai διαθῆκαι καὶ ἡ νομοθεσία καὶ ἡ λατρεία καὶ αἱ ἐπαγγελίαι, Ro. ix. 4 ; ἁγία καὶ δικαία καὶ ἀγαθή, Ro. vii. 12; add, Mt. xxiii. 23; Lk. xiv. 21; Jn. xvi. 8; Acts xv. 20, 29; xxi. 25; Heb. ix. 10; Rey. v. 12; xviii. 12 sq.; ef. W. 519 sq. (484). b. it…
Read the full entry →και. In LAE p. 129 ff. Deissmann discusses the thoroughly popular character of the Johannine style with its short paratactic sentences, introduced by kal. . . καί. To illustrate this, he cites amongst other exx. a Dream from the Serapeum, P Par 51 (B.C. 160) (= Selections, p. 18 ff. : see especially the amended readings in Archiv vi. p. 204), which runs—** ὦμ[ην] βατί -- δ)ίζειν pe [ἀπ]ὸ λειβὸς ἕως ἀ[ πηλι]ώτου, καὶ ἀναπίπτομαι ἐπ᾿ ἄχυρον" καὶ [ἄν]θρωπ[ος9] ἀπὸ λιβός μου, ἐχόμενός μου’ ἀναπίπτει καὶ αὐτός, καὶ ὥσπερ κεκλειμμ[évot] μου ἦσαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου, καὶ ἐξαί[φνης] ἀνύγω τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς pov, καὶ ὁρῶ kTA., “ I dreamed that I was going from West to East, and I lie down upon chaff. And there | αὐτὸ (deleted in the original) Σεμφθεῖ. | ἐκ καινῆς ἐν Σομολ(ῶ)…
Read the full entry →καί (kai) — and.
καί,
conjunction, copulative, joining words and sentences,
__A and; also adverb, even, also, just, frequently expressing emphatic assertion or assent, corresponding as positive to the negative οὐ (μή) or οὐδέ (μηδέ). copulative, and,
__A.I joining words or sentences to those preceding, ἦ, καὶ κυανέῃσιν ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσινεῦσε Κρονίων [Refs 8th c.BC+]: repeated with two or more Nouns, αἱ δὲ ἔλαφοι κ. δορκάδες κ. οἱ ἄγριοι οἶες κ. οἱ ὄνοι οἱ ἄγριοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; joining only the last pair, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ ὄχλος πλείων κ. πλείων ἐπέρρει more and more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to add epithets after πολύς, πολλὰ κ. ἐσθλά [Refs 8th c.BC+]
καί
kai
apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also
a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in
connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and,
also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when,
yet.
καί
Cj.
and, even, also, namely
καί kai 9x
(1) and, Mt. 2:2, 3, 11; 4:22; (2) καί ... καί, both ... and; (3) as a cumulative particle, also, too, Mt. 5:39; Jn. 8:19; 1 Cor. 11:6; (4) emphatic, even, also, Mt. 10:30; 1 Cor. 2:10; in NT adversative, but, Mt. 11:19; also introductory of the apodosis of a sentence, Gal. 3:28; Jas. 2:4
Conj — Conjunctionconjunction — it joins clauses, and never changes form.
CONJ CONJunction or conjunctive particle
9,477 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 42 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.
Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 8,978 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.
← what comes before
what comes after →
branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path
3 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →
Τῶν ἄλλων νομοθετῶν οἱ μὲν ἀκαλλώπιστα καὶ γυμνὰ τὰ νομισθέντα παρ’ αὐτοῖς εἶναι δίκαια διετάξαντο, οἱ δὲ πολὺν ὄγκον τοῖς νοήμασι προσπεριβαλόντες ἐξετύφωσαν τὰ πλήθη μυθικοῖς πλάσμασι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπικρύψαντες.
ἡ τοῦ κόσμου σύστασις καὶ διάταξις τῶν στοιχείων.
Χαίρετε, υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες, ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς, ἐν εἰρήνῃ.
r βασιλεύοντος Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν Φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιε, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν καὶ κανηφόρου τῶν
1 ἔτους ιζ Θῶυθ κη ἀπέδοτο Πετεσοῦχος Φίβιος καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τὸ ὕπαρχον αὐτοῖς ἥμισυ περιστερῶνος τοῦ ὄντος ἐν τῶι ἀπὸ βορρᾶ μέρει
βασιλευόντων Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιϛ, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν καὶ κανηφόρου τῶν
The Greek word κόκκινος (kokkinos) means 'scarlet' or 'crimson' and is derived from a term for the berry of the ilex coccifera, which produces a red dye. It appears in the New Testament in contexts related to clothing, specifically in references to scarlet garments (e.g., Mt 27:28, Heb 9:19, Rev 17:3). The lexicons consistently describe it as a color associated with dyeing and clothing.
κόκκινος, -7, -ov, (fr. κόκκος a kernel, the grain or berry of the ilex coccifera; these berries are the clusters of eges of a female insect, the kermes [(cf. Eng. carmine, crimson) |, and when collected and pulverized produce a red which was used in dyeing, Plin. h. n. 9, 41, 45; 16, 8, 12; 24, 4), crimson, scarlet-colored: Mt. xxvii. 28; Heb. ix. 19; Rev. xvii. 3. neut. as a subst. i. q. scarlet cloth or clothing: Rev. xvii.4; xviii. 12,16, (Gen. xxxviii. 28; Ex. xxv.4; Lev. xiv. 4, 6; Josh. ii. 18; 2S. i. 24; 2 Chr. ii. 7,14; Plut. Fab. 15; φορεῖν κόκκινα, scarlet robes, Epict. diss. 4, 11,345 ἐν κοκκίνοις περιπατεῖν, 3, 22, 10). Cf. Win. RWB.s. v.Carmesin; Roskoffin Schenkel i. p. 501 sq.; Kamphausen in Riehm p. 220; [Β. Ὁ. 8. v. Colors, II. 3].
κόκκινος. To the quotations for this adj. from Plutarch and Epictetus given by Grimm-Thayer, Deissmann (2.4.8 p. 77) adds a reference to Herodas vi. 19 τὸν κόκκινον βαυβῶνα. From a later date we have such occurrences in the papyri as P Hamb I. τοῦ" (ii/a.p.) κοκκίνην, Ρ Tebt II. 4055 (iii/a-p.) φορφυροῦ[ν] Kal κόκκινον, “ purple and scarlet” (cf. Rev 174), and P Lond 193 verso™* (ii/A.D.) (=II. p. 246), the accounts of a pawnshop, which show that a “‘scarlet shirt” -- κιτὼν KéKkwos—realized an advance of 20 drachmae as against 11 drachmae for a ‘‘ new white shirt” (χιτὼν dyvaφος λευκός). On Heb 9'* we may refer to Abt (Die Apologie des Apul., p. 148), who quotes Theocr. ii. 2 φοινικέῳ οἰὸς ἀώτῳ, and P Lond 46% (iv/a.p.) (=I. p. 77) ἅμματι φοινικίνῳ, pointing out ‘der lustrative Charakter des Purpur.” MGr κόκκινος, ‘‘red” : κοκκινίζω, ‘…
Read the full entry →κόκκινος (kokkinos) — scarlet.
κόκκ-ῐνος, η, ον,
scarlet, [NT+3rd c.BC+]blushing, [Refs 4th c.BC+]
II. substantive κόκκινα, τά, scarlet clothes, ἐν κ. περιπατεῖν, κ. φορεῖν, [LXX+2nd c.AD+]
κόκκινος
kokkinos
from 2848 (from the kernel-shape of the insect);
crimson-colored:--scarlet (colour, coloured).
see GREEK for 2848
κόκκινος, η, ον
Adj
crimson
κόκκινος κόκκι^νος, η, ον scarlet, Lat. coccineus, Plut., NTest.
Adj-GSN — Adjective · genitive · singular · neutergenitive — of, from, belonging to.
Agrees with anything else marked singular neuter.
A-GSN Part of Speech: Adjective Case: Genitive Number: Singular Gender: Neuter
skar'-let.
See COLORS; DYEING.
Scarlet
This dye was obtained by the Egyptians from the shell-fish Carthamus tinctorius; and by the Hebrews from the Coccus ilicis, an insect which infests oak trees, called kermes by the Arabians.
This colour was early known (Gen. 38:28). It was one of the colours of the ephod (Ex. 28:6), the girdle (8), and the breastplate (15) of the high priest. It is also mentioned in various other connections (Josh. 2:18; 2 Sam. 1:24; Lam. 4:5; Nahum 2:3). A scarlet robe was in mockery placed on our Lord (Matt. 27:28;
[COLORS]
A color much prized by the ancients, Ex 25:4 26:1,31,36. It is assigned as a merit of Saul, that he clothed the daughters of Israel in scarlet, 2Sa 1:24. So the diligent and virtuous woman is said to clothe her household in scarlet, Pr 31:21. The depth and strength of the color are alluded to in Isa 1:18; and it is used as a symbol of profligacy in Re 17:3,4. This color was obtained from the Coccus Ilicis of Linnaeus, a small insect found on the leaves of a species of oak, the Quercus Cocciferus, in Spain and the countries on the eastern part of the Mediterranean, which was used by the ancients for dyeing a beautiful…
6 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 1 different way. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.
Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 6 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.
← what comes before
what comes after →
branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path
Counted over the 38 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.
τά τε γὰρ νήματα πάντα τῆς ὑακίνθου καὶ πορφύρας καὶ κοκκίνου καὶ βύσσου καὶ τριχῶν αἰγείων ἐπιτελοῦσι (Exod.
Καὶ ἐμπτύσατε πάντες καὶ κατακεντήσατε καὶ περίθετε τὸ ἔριον τὸ κόκκινον περὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ, καὶ οὕτως εἰς ἔρημον βληθήτω.
καὶ προσέθεντο αὐτῇ δοῦναι σημεῖον, ὅπως ἐκκρεμάσῃ ἐκ τοῦ οἴκου αὐτῆς κόκκινον, πρόδηλον ποιοῦντες, ὅτι διὰ τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ κυρίου λύτρωσις ἔσται πᾶσιν τοῖς πιστεύουσιν καὶ ἐλπίζουσιν ἐπὶ τὸν θεόν.
γαυνάκην παρὰ Λογγείνου καὶ τὰς ἑξήκοντα δραχμὰς καὶ δὸς τὸν γαυνάκην καὶ βάψον αὐτὸν κόκκινον. δὸς αὐτὸν Χρησίμῳ τῷ Δέξτρου τοῦ μεσσικίου. μὴ οὖν ἀμελήσῃς ἐάν σοι δῷ. εἰ
Λόνγος Ἀπιανῷ κουράτορι χαίρειν. παράδος Ἑρενίῳ … ω μου τὰ σκεύη … ον κόκκινον καὶ περίστρωμα … μου θυτικὸν ῥαβδωτὸν … σύνθεσιν γαλβίνην καὶ ο… ἀσπάζου Δημήτριον
Ἀγριππιανῶι ἐπὶ πράσει τοῦ ὅλου ὠνίου … τιων λευκῶν ἔργων τρίων … ψω φολλατώριον κόκκινον καινὸν ἕν περιστρω … κοκκίναι παλαιαὶ βαρυγαύδης κόκκινος πανδόσεις … νατωριων ζεῦγος δίφρος χαλκοῦς
καί (kai) is a conjunction meaning 'and,' used to connect words, phrases, and clauses. It serves various functions, including copulative and adjunctive uses, and can express cumulative ideas like 'also' or 'even.' The New Testament frequently employs it to link terms and sentences, as seen in verses like Matthew 2:18 and John 10:3. Abbott-Smith notes its use in both simple and complex structures, while Thayer emphasizes its role as the most common particle in the New Testament.
καί, a conj., and; the most freq. by far of all the particles in the N. T. [On its uses see W. § 53, 3sqq.; B. 361 (310) sqq., and ef. Ellicott on Phil. iv. 12; on the difference between it and τέ see 8. v. τέ ad init. ] I. It serves as a copulative i.e. to connect (Lat. et, atque, Germ. und) ; 1. it connects single words or terms: a. univ., as of Φαρισαῖοι καὶ Σαδδουκαῖοι, Mt. xvi. 1; ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατήρ, he who is God and Father (see θεός, 3); ἐν καρδίᾳ καλῇ καὶ ἀγαθῇ, Lk. viii. 15; πολυμερῶς καὶ πολυτρόπως, ΗΘ}. 1. 1; it is repeated before single terms, to each of which its own force and weight is thus given: ἡ υἱοθεσία καὶ ἡ δόξα καὶ ai διαθῆκαι καὶ ἡ νομοθεσία καὶ ἡ λατρεία καὶ αἱ ἐπαγγελίαι, Ro. ix. 4 ; ἁγία καὶ δικαία καὶ ἀγαθή, Ro. vii. 12; add, Mt. xxiii. 23; Lk. xiv. 21; Jn. xvi. 8; Acts xv. 20, 29; xxi. 25; Heb. ix. 10; Rey. v. 12; xviii. 12 sq.; ef. W. 519 sq. (484). b. it…
Read the full entry →και. In LAE p. 129 ff. Deissmann discusses the thoroughly popular character of the Johannine style with its short paratactic sentences, introduced by kal. . . καί. To illustrate this, he cites amongst other exx. a Dream from the Serapeum, P Par 51 (B.C. 160) (= Selections, p. 18 ff. : see especially the amended readings in Archiv vi. p. 204), which runs—** ὦμ[ην] βατί -- δ)ίζειν pe [ἀπ]ὸ λειβὸς ἕως ἀ[ πηλι]ώτου, καὶ ἀναπίπτομαι ἐπ᾿ ἄχυρον" καὶ [ἄν]θρωπ[ος9] ἀπὸ λιβός μου, ἐχόμενός μου’ ἀναπίπτει καὶ αὐτός, καὶ ὥσπερ κεκλειμμ[évot] μου ἦσαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου, καὶ ἐξαί[φνης] ἀνύγω τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς pov, καὶ ὁρῶ kTA., “ I dreamed that I was going from West to East, and I lie down upon chaff. And there | αὐτὸ (deleted in the original) Σεμφθεῖ. | ἐκ καινῆς ἐν Σομολ(ῶ)…
Read the full entry →καί (kai) — and.
καί,
conjunction, copulative, joining words and sentences,
__A and; also adverb, even, also, just, frequently expressing emphatic assertion or assent, corresponding as positive to the negative οὐ (μή) or οὐδέ (μηδέ). copulative, and,
__A.I joining words or sentences to those preceding, ἦ, καὶ κυανέῃσιν ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσινεῦσε Κρονίων [Refs 8th c.BC+]: repeated with two or more Nouns, αἱ δὲ ἔλαφοι κ. δορκάδες κ. οἱ ἄγριοι οἶες κ. οἱ ὄνοι οἱ ἄγριοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; joining only the last pair, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ ὄχλος πλείων κ. πλείων ἐπέρρει more and more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to add epithets after πολύς, πολλὰ κ. ἐσθλά [Refs 8th c.BC+]
καί
kai
apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also
a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in
connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and,
also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when,
yet.
καί
Cj.
and, even, also, namely
καί kai 9x
(1) and, Mt. 2:2, 3, 11; 4:22; (2) καί ... καί, both ... and; (3) as a cumulative particle, also, too, Mt. 5:39; Jn. 8:19; 1 Cor. 11:6; (4) emphatic, even, also, Mt. 10:30; 1 Cor. 2:10; in NT adversative, but, Mt. 11:19; also introductory of the apodosis of a sentence, Gal. 3:28; Jas. 2:4
Conj — Conjunctionconjunction — it joins clauses, and never changes form.
CONJ CONJunction or conjunctive particle
9,477 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 42 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.
Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 8,978 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.
← what comes before
what comes after →
branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path
3 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →
Τῶν ἄλλων νομοθετῶν οἱ μὲν ἀκαλλώπιστα καὶ γυμνὰ τὰ νομισθέντα παρ’ αὐτοῖς εἶναι δίκαια διετάξαντο, οἱ δὲ πολὺν ὄγκον τοῖς νοήμασι προσπεριβαλόντες ἐξετύφωσαν τὰ πλήθη μυθικοῖς πλάσμασι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπικρύψαντες.
ἡ τοῦ κόσμου σύστασις καὶ διάταξις τῶν στοιχείων.
Χαίρετε, υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες, ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς, ἐν εἰρήνῃ.
r βασιλεύοντος Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν Φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιε, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν καὶ κανηφόρου τῶν
1 ἔτους ιζ Θῶυθ κη ἀπέδοτο Πετεσοῦχος Φίβιος καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τὸ ὕπαρχον αὐτοῖς ἥμισυ περιστερῶνος τοῦ ὄντος ἐν τῶι ἀπὸ βορρᾶ μέρει
βασιλευόντων Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιϛ, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν καὶ κανηφόρου τῶν
The Greek word πᾶς (i.e., *pas*) means 'all' or 'every' and appears in various forms, including masculine, feminine, and neuter. It is used in the New Testament to denote totality, as in 'all things' or 'every kind,' and can function as an adjective or pronoun. Notably, it can also imply 'the whole' when used with definite articles, as seen in verses like Matthew 28:18.
πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν, gen., παντός, πάσης, παντός,
[in LXX chiefly for כֹּל;]
all, every.
As adj.,
πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν, en. παντός, πάσης, παντός, [dat. plur. Lchm. πᾶσι ten times, -σιν seventy-two times; Tdf. -σι five times (see Proleg. p. 98 sq.), -ow seventy-seven times; Treg. -ow eighty-two times; WH -ox fourteen times, -ow sixty-eight times; see N, v (ἐφελκυστικόν)], Hebr. 75, [fr. Hom. down], all, every; it is used I. adjectively, and 1. with anarthrous nouns; a. any, every one (86. of the class denoted by the noun annexed to mas); with the Singular: as πᾶν δένδρον, Mt. iii. 10; πᾶσα θυσία, Mk. ix. 49 [T WH Tr mrg. om. Tr txt. br. the cl.]; add, Mt. v.11; xv. 13; Lk. iv. 37; Jn.ii. 10; xv.2; Acts ii.43; v.42; Ro. xiv. 11; 1 Co. iv. 17; Rev. xviii. 17, and very often; πᾶσα ψυχὴ ἀνθρώπου, Ro. ii. 9 (πᾶσα ἀνθρ. ψυχή, Plat. Phaedr. p- 249e.); πᾶσα συνείδησις ἀνθρώπων, 2 Co. iv. 2; mas λεγόμενος θεός, 2 Th. ii. 4; πᾶς ἅγιος ἐν Χριστῷ, Phil. iv. 21sqq. with the Plural, all or any that are…
Read the full entry →παῖς. In Gnomon 41 (¢. A.D. 150) it is laid down—éav Αἰγύπτιος ἐκ κοπρίας [ἀν]έληται παῖδα καὶ τοῦτον υἱοποιήσηται, μετὰ θάνατον τεταρτολο[ γεῖτ]αι, ““1Γ an Egyptian shall take up a child from the dungheap, and adopt him as a son, he shall be mulcted after his death to the extent of one fourth of his property.” For παῖς applied to a female child see P Strass I. 41° (A.D. 250) ἐκδικῆσαι τὰ τῆς παιδός, and P Oxy 1 5215 (A.D. 325) εΠδαμὲν τὴν παῖδα ἔχουσαν κατὰ τῶν εἰσχίων ἀμυχὰς μετὰ πελιωμάτων (see 76. II. p. 319), ““νγῈ saw that the girl had wounds on her hips with livid spots”: cf. Lk 8° (for voc. of address see Pro/eg. pp. 70, 235). The word is commonly applied to slaves, as in Lk 77 a/., e.g. P Lille 27 (iii/B.c.), where 11 male slaves are enumerated under the heading παῖδες, then 2 female slaves, and then again 3 male slaves: cf. P Strass I. 405 (a. p. 569) Κολλοῦθος Βίκτορος…
Read the full entry →πᾶς (pas) — all.
πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν,
__AAeolic dialect παῖς, παῖσα [Refs 7th c.BC+] feminine πάνσα [Refs 8th c.BC+], Epic dialect and Delph. πάντεσσι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also Locrian dialect πάντεσιν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πάντοις [Refs 2nd c.BC+] as accusative masculine in [LXX+7th c.BC+], etc. (but in compounds sometimes long in Attic dialect, [Refs].]—Coll. pronoun, when used of a number, all; when of one only, the whole; of the several persons in a number, every.
__A.I in plural, all, πάντες τε θεοὶ πᾶσαί τε θέαιναι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πάντες ὅσοι.. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πάντας ᾧ ἂνπεριτυγχάνῃ, for ὅσοις ἄν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with the Article, see.below [Refs 5th c.BC+]
πᾶς
pas
including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all,
any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one),
X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X
thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν
Adj
all, the whole, every kind of
πᾶς pas 1x
all; in the sg. the whole, entire, usually when the substantive has the article, Mt. 6:29; 8:32; Acts 19:26; every, only with an anarthrous subst., Mt. 3:10; 4:4; pl. all, Mt. 1:17, et al. freq.; πάντα, in all respects, Acts 20:35; 1 Cor. 9:25; 10:33; 11:2; by a Hebraism, a negative with πᾶς is sometimes equivalent to οὐδείς or μηδείς, Mt. 24:22; Lk. 1:37; Acts 10:14; Read the full entry →
Adj-ASN — Adjective · accusative · singular · neuteraccusative — the one it is done to — the object.
Agrees with anything else marked singular neuter.
A-ASN Part of Speech: Adjective Case: Accusative Number: Singular Gender: Neuter
ol: Used in various combinations, and with different meanings.
(1) All along, "Weeping all along as he went" (Jer 41:6), i.e. throughout the whole way he went, feigning equal concern with the men from Shiloh, etc., for the destruction of the Temple, so as to put them off their guard.
(2) All in all, "That God may be all in all" (1Co 15:28, Greek: panta en pasin, "all things in all (persons and) things"). "The universe, with all it comprises, will wholly answer to God's will and reflect His mind" (Dummelow).
1,264 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 28 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.
Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 1,242 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.
← what comes before
what comes after →
branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path
27 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →
καὶ γὰρ πατὴρ ἐκγόνων καὶ δημιουργὸς τῶν δημιουργηθέντων στοχάζεται τῆς διαμονῆς καὶ ὅσα μὲν ἐπιζήμια καὶ βλαβερὰ μηχανῇ πάσῃ διωθεῖται, τὰ δὲ ὅσα ὠφέλιμα καὶ λυσιτελῆ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον ἐκπορίζειν ἐπιποθεῖ·
ὡς οἱ Νώχου ἔγγονοι πᾶσαν τὴν οἰκουμένην ἐπῴκησαν.
πεφανέρωκεν γὰρ ἡμῖν διὰ πάντων τῶν προφητῶν, ὅτι οὕτε θυσιῶν οὔτε ὁλοκαυτωμάτων οὔτε προσφορῶν χρῄζει, λέγων ὅτε μέν:
γῆ Σενπελαίας, βορρᾶ γῆ Πανᾶτος ἀπηλιώτου ποταμός, λιβὸς Ἀραμείους, ἢ οἳ ἂν ὦσι γείτονες πάντων πάντοθεν. ἐπρίατο Πετεαρσεμθεὺς Πανοβχούνιος ὡς ἐτῶν μ χαλκοῦ τάλαντα δύο . προπωλητὴς καὶ βεβαιωτὴς
ἐτῶν λ χαλκοῦ δραχμῶν τρισχιλίων . προπωληταὶ καὶ βεβαιωταὶ τῶν κατὰ τὴν ὠνὴν ταύτην πάντων Νεχούτης καὶ ὁ σὺν αὐτῷ οἱ ἀποδόμενοι, ὃν ἐδέξατο Πακοῖβις ὁ πριάμενος. Ἑρμίας ὁ
χαλκοῦ δραχμὰς δισχιλίας καὶ διακοσίας . προπωλητὴς καὶ βεβαιωτὴς τῶν κατὰ τὴν ὠνὴν ταύτην πάντων Πανοβχοῦνις ὁ ἀποδόμενος, ὃν ἐδέξατο Εὔνους ὁ πριάμενος. Ἑρμίας ὁ παρὰ Πανίσκου κεχρημάτικα.
ξύλον (xulon) means wood or timber and can refer to various wooden items, including a piece of wood, a cudgel, or stocks for prisoners. In the New Testament, it is notably used to describe the Cross (Acts 5:30, 10:39, 13:29, Galatians 3:13, 1 Peter 2:24). The word can also denote a tree, as seen in Luke 23:31.
ξύλον, -ου, τό,
[in LXX chiefly for עֵץ;]
a piece of wood, hence, anything made of wood, as,
ξύλον, -ου, τό, (fr. ξύω to scrape, plane), fr. Hom. down; Sept. for 315 1. wood: univ. 1 Co. iii. 12; &. Avivo, Rey. xviii. 12; that which is made of wood, as a beam from which any one is suspended, a gibbet, a cross, [A. V. tree, 4- v- in B.D. Am. ed.], Acts v. 30; x. 89; xiii. 29; Gal. iii. 13; 1 Pet. ii 24, (yy, Gen. xl. 19; Deut. xxi. 23; Josh. x. 26; Esth. v. 14), —a use not found in the classics [ef. L. and S. s. v. II. 4]. A log or timber with holes in which the feet, hands, neck, of prisoners were inserted and fastened with thongs (Gr. κᾶλον, ξυλοπέδη, ποδοκάκη, ποδοστράβη, Lat. nervus, by which the Lat. renders the Ilebr. 10, a fetter, or shackle for the feet, Job [xiii. 27] ; xxxiii. 11; ef. Fischer, De vitiis lexx. N. T. p. 458 sqq.; [B. D. s. v. Stocks]): Acts xvi. 24 (Hdt. 6, 75; 9, 37; Arstph. eq. 367, 394, 705); a cudgel, stick, staff: plur., Mt. xxvi. 47, 55; Mk. xiv.…
Read the full entry →ξύλον γέμ[υἸσὸν αὐτὰ (τὰ κτήνη) βάκανον καὶ ξύλον, ‘‘load them (the animals) with cabbage and wood,” P Giss I. 67° (ii/A.D.) ξενικῶν ξύλων, ‘‘wood imported from abroad,” P Tebt 11. 3042 (A.D. 167-8) peta ξύλων ἰσπηδῆσαι, ‘to rush in with staves,” P Oxy I. 69% (A.D. 190) tows προσἐρείσαντας τῷ τόπῳ ξύλον, *‘ probably using a log of wood as a battering-ram” (Edd.), 26. XIV. 17388 (iii/a.p.) ξύλα . σώματα, ‘logs,” and P Ryl II. 236" (a.p. 256) ἀνερχόμενα δὲ ξύλα ἀνακομισάτω els τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ εὐσχήμονος, ‘and when they (a team of four donkeys) come, let them bring up timber to the magistrate’s house” (Edd.). Reference may also be made to the law of astynomy at Pergamum, OG/S 483181 (time of Trajan) μαστειγωθεὶς δὲ ἐν τῶι κύφωνι πληγαῖς ἑκατὸν δεδέσθω ἐν τῶι ξύλωι ἡμέρας δέκα, with the editor’s note. For ξύλον, “‘a measure of length,” = 3 cubits cf. P Ryl 11. 64%3(iv/v a.p.), the introd. to…
Read the full entry →ξύλον (xulon) — wood.
ξύλον [ῠ], τό
(plural spelt ξύλεα [Refs 5th c.BC+], wood cut and ready for use, firewood, timber, etc., [Refs 8th c.BC+], mostly in plural, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ξ. νήϊα ship-timber, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ξ. τετράγωνα logs cut square, [Refs 5th c.BC+]
2. in plural, also, the wood-market, ἐπὶ ξύλα ἰέναι [Refs 5th c.BC+]
II. in singular, piece of wood, log, beam, post, once in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ξ. σύκινον spoon made of fig wood, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; peg or lever, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; perch, ἐπὶ ξύλου καθεύδειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἵπποιο κακὸν ξ., of the Trojan horse, [Refs 6th c.AD+]
II.2. cudgel, club, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μετὰ ξύλων εἰσπηδῆσαι [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; ξύλοις συντρίψειν [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; of the club of Heracles, [Refs 1st c.AD+]
ξύλον
xulon
from another form of the base of 3582; timber (as fuel or material);
by implication, a stick, club or tree or other wooden article or
substance:--staff, stocks, tree, wood.
see GREEK for 3582
ξύλον, ου, τό
n.n.
a staff, cross, anything made of wood
χύλον xylon 20x
wood, timber, 1 Cor. 3:12; Rev. 18:12; stocks, Acts 16:24; a club, Mt. 26:47, 55; a post, cross, gibbet, Acts 5:30; 10:29; 13:29; a tree, Lk. 23:31; Rev. 2:7
ξύλον ξύ^λον, ου, τό, perh. from ξύω wood cut and ready for use, firewood, timber, Hom.; ξύλα νήια ship- timber, Hes.; ξ. ναυπηγήσιμα Thuc.
in sg. a piece of wood, a post, Hom.: a perch, Ar.: a stick, cudgel, club, Hdt., Ar.
a collar of wood, put on the neck of the prisoner, Ar.:—also stocks, for the feet, Hdt., Ar.; cf. πεντεσύριγγος.
a plank or beam to which malefactors were bound, the Cross, NTest.
a money-changer's table, Dem.
πρῶτον ξύλον the front bench of the Athenian theatre, Ar.
of live wood, a tree, Xen.
Noun-ASN — Noun · accusative · singular · neuteraccusative — the one it is done to — the object.
Agrees with anything else marked singular neuter.
N-ASN Part of Speech: Noun Case: Accusative Number: Singular Gender: Neuter
wood.
See BOTANY; FOREST; TREES.
Wood
See FOREST.
[FOREST]
20 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 5 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.
Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 20 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.
← what comes before
what comes after →
branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path
Counted over the 168 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.
εἶθ’ ὥσπερ ἐν κηρῷ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ ψυχῇ τοὺς ἑκάστων δεξάμενος τύπους ἀγαλματοφορεῖ νοητὴν πόλιν, ἧς ἀνακινήσας τὰ εἴδωλα μνήμῃ τῇ συμφύτῳ καὶ τοὺς χαρακτῆρας ἔτι μᾶλλον ἐνσφραγισάμενος, οἷα δημιουργὸς ἀγαθός, ἀποβλέπων εἰς τὸ παράδειγμα τὴν ἐκ λίθων καὶ…
ἔστιν ὑπὲρ τὴν Μινυάδα μέγα ὄρος κατὰ τὴν Ἀρμενίαν Βάρις λεγόμενον, εἰς ὃ πολλοὺς συμφυγόντας ἐπὶ τοῦ κατακλυσμοῦ λόγος ἔχει περισωθῆναι καί τινα ἐπὶ λάρνακος ὀχούμενον ἐπὶ τὴν ἀκρώρειαν ὀκεῖλαι καὶ τὰ λείψανα τῶν ξύλων ἐπὶ πολὺ σωθῆναι.
αὐτὸς δὲ ἠθέλησεν οὕτω παθεῖν: ἔδει γάρ, ἵνα ἐπὶ ξύλου πάθῃ.
φαμένης ἐμὲ ὡρίσθαι παρέξεσθαι τούς τε οἰκοδόμους καὶ παρʼ ὧν τὴν πλίνθον καὶ τὰ ξύλα ἠγόρακεν Εὔτυχος καὶ τοὺς ὀνηλάτας χειρογραφοῦντας, ἐμοῦ οὐχ ὡρισμένου, διὸ παραλογισθεὶς Ἀγήνωρ καὶ α
βαλομένου εἴς τε τοὺς οἰκοδόμους καὶ τοὺς … … … οἰκοδόμος καὶ ὁ τὰ ξύλα ἀποδόμενος κα … … … … τὴν τιμὴν καὶ τοὺς μισθοὺς εἰληφέναι παρʼ Εὐτύχου
πύξινα· τὰ ἀπὸ πόλεως· μώϊον μικρὸν ἐν ὧι πύξινα ϛ ἀφʼ ὧν πύξινα ξενικῶν ξύλων δ, βάσις λυχνίας, … ἐν ὧι μώϊα Παρίου λίθου β λόγος πυροῦ· ἀπὸ Φαρμοῦθι
The Greek word θύϊνος (i.e., thuinos) refers to something made from the thyine tree, an aromatic tree associated with citron wood. It appears in Revelation 18:12, where it describes luxury items. The lexicons agree on its connection to fragrant wood used for various purposes, including incense and inlaying.
**† θύινος (usually θύϊνος, as Rec.), -η, -ον
(< θυία, θύα, an African aromatic tree, with ornamentally veined wood of varying colour, = Lat. citrinus),
[in Sm.: III Ki 10:11 (אַלְמֻגִּים)*;]
thyine: ξύλον, Re 18:12 (Diosc.).†
θύϊνος [WH om. the dier. (cf. I, «, fin.) ], τη, τον, (fr. θυία or Ova, the citrus, an odoriferous North-African tree used as incense [and for inlaying; B.D. s.v. Thyine wood; Tristram, Nat. Hist. of the Bible, p. 401 sq.]), thyine (Lat. citrinus): ξύλον, Rey. xviii. 12 as in Diose. 1, 21; ef. Plin. h. n. 13, 30 (16).
θύϊνος. We seem to have an instance of this adj., unfortunately in a very imperfect context, in P Lond 928? (ii/a.p.) (= III. Ῥ- 191) θιυΐνων. For the subst. see Chres¢. I. 17644 (mid. i/A.D,) ὁμοίως καὶ θυΐας kal τὰ ἄλλα τὰ ἐνχρήζοντα, and P Amh II. 118° (A.p. 185) τέλους θυϊῶν, ‘‘for the tax on thyia-wood,” a/. : on the use of thyia-wood for oil-presses, see Otto Pyzester, i. p. 295 ff.
θύϊνος (thuinos) — citron.
θύϊνος [ῠ], η, ον,
of the tree θύον (which see), δένδρα, ξύλον, [Refs 1st c.BC+]; made of this wood, [NT+3rd c.BC+]
θύϊνος
thuinos
from a derivative of 2380 (in the sense of blowing; denoting a certain
fragrant tree); made of citron-wood:--thyine.
see GREEK for 2380
θύϊνος, η, ον
Adj
of the citron tree
θύϊνος thuinos 1x
thyme, of θυία, thya, an aromatic evergreen tree, arbor vitae, resembling the cedar, and found in Libya, Rev. 18:12*
Adj-ASN — Adjective · accusative · singular · neuteraccusative — the one it is done to — the object.
Agrees with anything else marked singular neuter.
A-ASN Part of Speech: Adjective Case: Accusative Number: Singular Gender: Neuter
sit'-run.
See APPLE.
[APPLE TREE, APPLE TREE]
1 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 1 different way. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.
καί (kai) is a conjunction meaning 'and,' used to connect words, phrases, and clauses. It serves various functions, including copulative and adjunctive uses, and can express cumulative ideas like 'also' or 'even.' The New Testament frequently employs it to link terms and sentences, as seen in verses like Matthew 2:18 and John 10:3. Abbott-Smith notes its use in both simple and complex structures, while Thayer emphasizes its role as the most common particle in the New Testament.
καί, a conj., and; the most freq. by far of all the particles in the N. T. [On its uses see W. § 53, 3sqq.; B. 361 (310) sqq., and ef. Ellicott on Phil. iv. 12; on the difference between it and τέ see 8. v. τέ ad init. ] I. It serves as a copulative i.e. to connect (Lat. et, atque, Germ. und) ; 1. it connects single words or terms: a. univ., as of Φαρισαῖοι καὶ Σαδδουκαῖοι, Mt. xvi. 1; ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατήρ, he who is God and Father (see θεός, 3); ἐν καρδίᾳ καλῇ καὶ ἀγαθῇ, Lk. viii. 15; πολυμερῶς καὶ πολυτρόπως, ΗΘ}. 1. 1; it is repeated before single terms, to each of which its own force and weight is thus given: ἡ υἱοθεσία καὶ ἡ δόξα καὶ ai διαθῆκαι καὶ ἡ νομοθεσία καὶ ἡ λατρεία καὶ αἱ ἐπαγγελίαι, Ro. ix. 4 ; ἁγία καὶ δικαία καὶ ἀγαθή, Ro. vii. 12; add, Mt. xxiii. 23; Lk. xiv. 21; Jn. xvi. 8; Acts xv. 20, 29; xxi. 25; Heb. ix. 10; Rey. v. 12; xviii. 12 sq.; ef. W. 519 sq. (484). b. it…
Read the full entry →και. In LAE p. 129 ff. Deissmann discusses the thoroughly popular character of the Johannine style with its short paratactic sentences, introduced by kal. . . καί. To illustrate this, he cites amongst other exx. a Dream from the Serapeum, P Par 51 (B.C. 160) (= Selections, p. 18 ff. : see especially the amended readings in Archiv vi. p. 204), which runs—** ὦμ[ην] βατί -- δ)ίζειν pe [ἀπ]ὸ λειβὸς ἕως ἀ[ πηλι]ώτου, καὶ ἀναπίπτομαι ἐπ᾿ ἄχυρον" καὶ [ἄν]θρωπ[ος9] ἀπὸ λιβός μου, ἐχόμενός μου’ ἀναπίπτει καὶ αὐτός, καὶ ὥσπερ κεκλειμμ[évot] μου ἦσαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου, καὶ ἐξαί[φνης] ἀνύγω τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς pov, καὶ ὁρῶ kTA., “ I dreamed that I was going from West to East, and I lie down upon chaff. And there | αὐτὸ (deleted in the original) Σεμφθεῖ. | ἐκ καινῆς ἐν Σομολ(ῶ)…
Read the full entry →καί (kai) — and.
καί,
conjunction, copulative, joining words and sentences,
__A and; also adverb, even, also, just, frequently expressing emphatic assertion or assent, corresponding as positive to the negative οὐ (μή) or οὐδέ (μηδέ). copulative, and,
__A.I joining words or sentences to those preceding, ἦ, καὶ κυανέῃσιν ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσινεῦσε Κρονίων [Refs 8th c.BC+]: repeated with two or more Nouns, αἱ δὲ ἔλαφοι κ. δορκάδες κ. οἱ ἄγριοι οἶες κ. οἱ ὄνοι οἱ ἄγριοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; joining only the last pair, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ ὄχλος πλείων κ. πλείων ἐπέρρει more and more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to add epithets after πολύς, πολλὰ κ. ἐσθλά [Refs 8th c.BC+]
καί
kai
apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also
a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in
connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and,
also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when,
yet.
καί
Cj.
and, even, also, namely
καί kai 9x
(1) and, Mt. 2:2, 3, 11; 4:22; (2) καί ... καί, both ... and; (3) as a cumulative particle, also, too, Mt. 5:39; Jn. 8:19; 1 Cor. 11:6; (4) emphatic, even, also, Mt. 10:30; 1 Cor. 2:10; in NT adversative, but, Mt. 11:19; also introductory of the apodosis of a sentence, Gal. 3:28; Jas. 2:4
Conj — Conjunctionconjunction — it joins clauses, and never changes form.
CONJ CONJunction or conjunctive particle
9,477 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 42 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.
Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 8,978 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.
← what comes before
what comes after →
branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path
3 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →
Τῶν ἄλλων νομοθετῶν οἱ μὲν ἀκαλλώπιστα καὶ γυμνὰ τὰ νομισθέντα παρ’ αὐτοῖς εἶναι δίκαια διετάξαντο, οἱ δὲ πολὺν ὄγκον τοῖς νοήμασι προσπεριβαλόντες ἐξετύφωσαν τὰ πλήθη μυθικοῖς πλάσμασι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπικρύψαντες.
ἡ τοῦ κόσμου σύστασις καὶ διάταξις τῶν στοιχείων.
Χαίρετε, υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες, ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς, ἐν εἰρήνῃ.
r βασιλεύοντος Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν Φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιε, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν καὶ κανηφόρου τῶν
1 ἔτους ιζ Θῶυθ κη ἀπέδοτο Πετεσοῦχος Φίβιος καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τὸ ὕπαρχον αὐτοῖς ἥμισυ περιστερῶνος τοῦ ὄντος ἐν τῶι ἀπὸ βορρᾶ μέρει
βασιλευόντων Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιϛ, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν καὶ κανηφόρου τῶν
The Greek word πᾶς (i.e., *pas*) means 'all' or 'every' and appears in various forms, including masculine, feminine, and neuter. It is used in the New Testament to denote totality, as in 'all things' or 'every kind,' and can function as an adjective or pronoun. Notably, it can also imply 'the whole' when used with definite articles, as seen in verses like Matthew 28:18.
πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν, gen., παντός, πάσης, παντός,
[in LXX chiefly for כֹּל;]
all, every.
As adj.,
πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν, en. παντός, πάσης, παντός, [dat. plur. Lchm. πᾶσι ten times, -σιν seventy-two times; Tdf. -σι five times (see Proleg. p. 98 sq.), -ow seventy-seven times; Treg. -ow eighty-two times; WH -ox fourteen times, -ow sixty-eight times; see N, v (ἐφελκυστικόν)], Hebr. 75, [fr. Hom. down], all, every; it is used I. adjectively, and 1. with anarthrous nouns; a. any, every one (86. of the class denoted by the noun annexed to mas); with the Singular: as πᾶν δένδρον, Mt. iii. 10; πᾶσα θυσία, Mk. ix. 49 [T WH Tr mrg. om. Tr txt. br. the cl.]; add, Mt. v.11; xv. 13; Lk. iv. 37; Jn.ii. 10; xv.2; Acts ii.43; v.42; Ro. xiv. 11; 1 Co. iv. 17; Rev. xviii. 17, and very often; πᾶσα ψυχὴ ἀνθρώπου, Ro. ii. 9 (πᾶσα ἀνθρ. ψυχή, Plat. Phaedr. p- 249e.); πᾶσα συνείδησις ἀνθρώπων, 2 Co. iv. 2; mas λεγόμενος θεός, 2 Th. ii. 4; πᾶς ἅγιος ἐν Χριστῷ, Phil. iv. 21sqq. with the Plural, all or any that are…
Read the full entry →παῖς. In Gnomon 41 (¢. A.D. 150) it is laid down—éav Αἰγύπτιος ἐκ κοπρίας [ἀν]έληται παῖδα καὶ τοῦτον υἱοποιήσηται, μετὰ θάνατον τεταρτολο[ γεῖτ]αι, ““1Γ an Egyptian shall take up a child from the dungheap, and adopt him as a son, he shall be mulcted after his death to the extent of one fourth of his property.” For παῖς applied to a female child see P Strass I. 41° (A.D. 250) ἐκδικῆσαι τὰ τῆς παιδός, and P Oxy 1 5215 (A.D. 325) εΠδαμὲν τὴν παῖδα ἔχουσαν κατὰ τῶν εἰσχίων ἀμυχὰς μετὰ πελιωμάτων (see 76. II. p. 319), ““νγῈ saw that the girl had wounds on her hips with livid spots”: cf. Lk 8° (for voc. of address see Pro/eg. pp. 70, 235). The word is commonly applied to slaves, as in Lk 77 a/., e.g. P Lille 27 (iii/B.c.), where 11 male slaves are enumerated under the heading παῖδες, then 2 female slaves, and then again 3 male slaves: cf. P Strass I. 405 (a. p. 569) Κολλοῦθος Βίκτορος…
Read the full entry →πᾶς (pas) — all.
πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν,
__AAeolic dialect παῖς, παῖσα [Refs 7th c.BC+] feminine πάνσα [Refs 8th c.BC+], Epic dialect and Delph. πάντεσσι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also Locrian dialect πάντεσιν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πάντοις [Refs 2nd c.BC+] as accusative masculine in [LXX+7th c.BC+], etc. (but in compounds sometimes long in Attic dialect, [Refs].]—Coll. pronoun, when used of a number, all; when of one only, the whole; of the several persons in a number, every.
__A.I in plural, all, πάντες τε θεοὶ πᾶσαί τε θέαιναι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πάντες ὅσοι.. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πάντας ᾧ ἂνπεριτυγχάνῃ, for ὅσοις ἄν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with the Article, see.below [Refs 5th c.BC+]
πᾶς
pas
including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all,
any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one),
X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X
thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν
Adj
all, the whole, every kind of
πᾶς pas 1x
all; in the sg. the whole, entire, usually when the substantive has the article, Mt. 6:29; 8:32; Acts 19:26; every, only with an anarthrous subst., Mt. 3:10; 4:4; pl. all, Mt. 1:17, et al. freq.; πάντα, in all respects, Acts 20:35; 1 Cor. 9:25; 10:33; 11:2; by a Hebraism, a negative with πᾶς is sometimes equivalent to οὐδείς or μηδείς, Mt. 24:22; Lk. 1:37; Acts 10:14; Read the full entry →
Adj-ASN — Adjective · accusative · singular · neuteraccusative — the one it is done to — the object.
Agrees with anything else marked singular neuter.
A-ASN Part of Speech: Adjective Case: Accusative Number: Singular Gender: Neuter
1,264 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 28 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.
Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 1,242 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.
← what comes before
what comes after →
branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path
27 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →
καὶ γὰρ πατὴρ ἐκγόνων καὶ δημιουργὸς τῶν δημιουργηθέντων στοχάζεται τῆς διαμονῆς καὶ ὅσα μὲν ἐπιζήμια καὶ βλαβερὰ μηχανῇ πάσῃ διωθεῖται, τὰ δὲ ὅσα ὠφέλιμα καὶ λυσιτελῆ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον ἐκπορίζειν ἐπιποθεῖ·
ὡς οἱ Νώχου ἔγγονοι πᾶσαν τὴν οἰκουμένην ἐπῴκησαν.
πεφανέρωκεν γὰρ ἡμῖν διὰ πάντων τῶν προφητῶν, ὅτι οὕτε θυσιῶν οὔτε ὁλοκαυτωμάτων οὔτε προσφορῶν χρῄζει, λέγων ὅτε μέν:
γῆ Σενπελαίας, βορρᾶ γῆ Πανᾶτος ἀπηλιώτου ποταμός, λιβὸς Ἀραμείους, ἢ οἳ ἂν ὦσι γείτονες πάντων πάντοθεν. ἐπρίατο Πετεαρσεμθεὺς Πανοβχούνιος ὡς ἐτῶν μ χαλκοῦ τάλαντα δύο . προπωλητὴς καὶ βεβαιωτὴς
ἐτῶν λ χαλκοῦ δραχμῶν τρισχιλίων . προπωληταὶ καὶ βεβαιωταὶ τῶν κατὰ τὴν ὠνὴν ταύτην πάντων Νεχούτης καὶ ὁ σὺν αὐτῷ οἱ ἀποδόμενοι, ὃν ἐδέξατο Πακοῖβις ὁ πριάμενος. Ἑρμίας ὁ
χαλκοῦ δραχμὰς δισχιλίας καὶ διακοσίας . προπωλητὴς καὶ βεβαιωτὴς τῶν κατὰ τὴν ὠνὴν ταύτην πάντων Πανοβχοῦνις ὁ ἀποδόμενος, ὃν ἐδέξατο Εὔνους ὁ πριάμενος. Ἑρμίας ὁ παρὰ Πανίσκου κεχρημάτικα.
σκεῦος is a neuter noun meaning a vessel or implement, often used in various contexts including household utensils, military equipment, and ship gear. In the New Testament, it appears in verses like Mark 11:16 and Romans 9:21, where it can also metaphorically refer to people, such as 'vessels of mercy' or 'vessels of wrath.' The term can denote both physical objects and the body as a vessel for the soul.
σκεῦος, -ους, τό
[in LXX chiefly for כְּלִי ;]
a vessel, implement (for exx. in various senses, v. MM, xxii): Mk 11:16, Lk 8:16, Jo 19:29, Ac 10:11, 16 11:5, Ro 9:21, Re 18:12; pl., II Ti 2:20, Re 2:27; τὰ σ. τῆς λειτουργίας, He 9:21; pl., τὰ σ., utensils, goods, Mt 12:29, Mk 3:27, Lk…
Read the full entry →σκεῦος, -ous, τό, [prob. fr. τ. sku ‘to cover’; οἵ. Lat. scutum, cutis, obscurus; Curtius § 113; Vaniéek p.1115], fr. [Arstph.], Thue. down; Sept. for ὌΞ; 1. avessel: Mk. xi. 16; Lk. viii. 16; Jn. xix. 29; Acts x. 11,16; xi. 5; 2 Tim. ii. 20; Rev. ii. 27; xviii. 12; τὰ ox. τῆς λειτουργίας, to be used in performing religious rites, Heb. ix. 21; σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν, unto honor, i. e. for honorable use, Ro. ix. 21; 2 Tim. ii. 21, (καθαρῶν ἔργων δοῦλα σκεύη. Sap. xv. 7); εἰς ἀτιμίαν, unto dishonor, i. e. for a low use (as, a urinal), Ro. ix. 21; σκεύη ὀργῆς, into which wrath is emptied, i. e. men appointed by God unto woe, hence the addition κατηρτισμένα εἰς ἀπώλειαν, Ro. ix. 22; σκεύη ἐλέους, fitted to receive mercy, —explained by the words ἃ προητοίμασεν eis δόξαν, ib. 23; τὸ σκεῦος is used of a woman, as the vessel of her husband, 1 Th. iv. 4 (see κτάομαι ; [al. take it here (as in 2 Co.…
Read the full entry →σκεῦος, **a vessel” (Rom 9?! a/.). This common noun is used with a variety of applications, e.g. P Eleph 1451 (iii/B.c.) ἔκ τε κτηνῶν Kal σκενῶν, P Petr III. 107(@)i™ (ii/B.c.) fares are paid for the conveyance τῶν ᾿Αγήνορος σκενῶν, “οἵ Agenor’s furniture,” P Ryl 11. 138?3 (A.D. 34) ἐρίων σταθμία te kal ἕτερα σκεύη, “15. measures of wool, as well as other implements,” P Oxy I. 105% (A.D. 117-137) σκεύη καὶ ἔπιπλα, ‘‘movables and household stock,” P Tebt II. 38114 (A.D. 123) (= Selections, p. 78) σκεύηι kal ἐνδομενίαν καὶ ἱματισμόν, ‘utensils and household-stock and clothing,” and P Grenf II. 7714 (iii/iv a.D.) (= Se/ectzons, p. 120) χάριν τῶν σκευῶν αὐτοῦ, ‘on account of his goods.” For σκεῦος = ‘‘(a ship's) tackle,” as in Ac 2717, cf. P Cairo Zen I. 590317° (B.c. 258) ἀδύνατογ yap μοι δοκεῖ εἶναι ἄνευ τῶν ἀναγκαίων σκευῶν πλεῖν τὰ πλοῖα, and Sy// 537 (= %969)* (B.C. 347-6) σ]υνγραφαὶ…
Read the full entry →σκεῦος (skeuos) — vessel.
σκεῦος, εος, τό,
vessel or implement of any kind, in singular, [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—but the plural is frequently used in a collective sense, all that belongs to a complete outfit, house-gear, utensils, chattels, opposed to live-stock and fixtures, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; σ. γεωργικά farming implements, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἱερὰ σ. sacred vessels and implements, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; a druggist's stores, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; σ. τὰ ἐπιτράπεζα table-furniture, [Refs]; military accoutrements, equipment, τὰ περὶ τὸ σῶμα σ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τῶν ἵππων σ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; baggage of an army, and, generally, baggage, luggage, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὄνοι αὐτοῖς σκεύεσι packs and all, [Refs]; tackle, gear of ships, naval stores, etc., [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ σκέα (σκεύη) τοῦ πλοίου [Refs 3rd c.BC+] (so, collectively, in singular…
Read the full entry →σκεῦος
skeuos
of uncertain affinity; a vessel, implement, equipment or apparatus
(literally or figuratively (specially, a wife as contributing to the
usefulness of the husband)):--goods, sail, stuff, vessel.
σκεῦος, ους, τό
n.n.
a vessel to contain liquid, utensil, tackle
σκεῦος skeuos 23x
a vessel, utensil for containing anything, Mk. 11:16; Lk. 8:16; Rom. 9:21; any utensil, instrument; σκεύη, household stuff, furniture, goods, etc., Mt. 12:29; Mk. 3:27; the mast of a ship, or, the sail, Acts 27:17; met. an instrument, means, organ, minister, Acts 9:15; σκεύη ὀργῆς and σκεύη ἐλέους, vessels of wrath, or, of mercy, persons visited by punishment, or, the divine favor, Rom. 9:22, 23; the vessel or frame of the human…
Read the full entry →σκεῦος σκεῦος, ος, εος, τό, a vessel or implement of any kind, Ar., Thuc., etc.:—pl. in collective sense, furniture, house-gear, utensils, chattels, Ar.:—esp. of military accoutrements, equipment, Thuc., Xen.: baggage, luggage, Lat. impedimenta, Ar., Xen.:— the tackling or gear of ships, Xen., NTest.
an inanimate object, a thing, Plat.
metaph., τὸ σκεῦος, the body, as the vessel of the soul, NTest.; σκεῦος ἐκλογῆς a chosen vessel, of St. Paul, id. NTest.
Noun-ASN — Noun · accusative · singular · neuteraccusative — the one it is done to — the object.
Agrees with anything else marked singular neuter.
N-ASN Part of Speech: Noun Case: Accusative Number: Singular Gender: Neuter
23 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 6 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.
Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 23 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.
← what comes before
what comes after →
branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path
Counted over the 139 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.
διὰ τοῦθ’ εὑρήσεις τὴν σκηνὴν καὶ τὰ σκεύη πάντα αὐτῆς πρότερον μὲν ὑπὸ Μωυσέως, αὖθις δ’ ὑπὸ Βεσελεὴλ κατασκευαζόμενα·
πολὺς γὰρ ὁ ἄργυρός τε καὶ χρυσὸς ἐγκατελήφθη ἐν τῷ στρατοπέδῳ καὶ σκεύη χαλκᾶ, οἷς ἐχρῶντο περὶ τὴν δίαιταν, πολὺ δὲ ἐπίσημον πλῆθος ἑκατέρων ὅσα τε ὑφαντὰ καὶ κόσμοι περὶ τὰς ὁπλίσεις ἥ τε ἄλλη θεραπεία καὶ κατασκευὴ ἐκείνων λεία τε παντοία κτηνῶν…
γεγραμμένης ἐντολῆς: Ὃς ἂν μὴ νηστεύσῃ τὴν νηστείαν, θανάτῳ ἐξολεθρευθήσεται, ἐνετείλατο κύριος, ἐπεὶ καὶ αὐτὸς ὑπὲρ τῶν ἡμετέρων ἁμαρτιῶν ἔμελλεν τὸ σκεῦος τοῦ πνεύματος προσφέρειν θυσίαν, ἵνα καὶ ὁ τύπος ὁ γενόμενος ἐπὶ Ἰσαὰκ τοῦ προσενεχθέντος…
μμθετου τῶν ἀπὸ Καρανίδος εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν μου ἀπηνέγκαντο ἱματισμὸν … πάντες βε … σκεύη καὶ ἐπήνεγκάν μοι πληγὰς πλείστας εἰς τὸ τυχὸν μέρος τοῦ σώματος … ἐπιθέντες τη
μου Ὀρσενούφι καὶ Σισοΐτι καὶ Πετοβάστι καὶ Μαρρῆτι καὶ τὰ ἐν τῆι οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ σκεύη τε καὶ ἕτερα τῇ μητρὶ ἡμῶν Ταοννώφρι ἐπὶ τὸν τῆς ζωῆς αὐτῆς χρόνον. ἐν
Ψύφι καὶ Ψενκήβκι πάντα ὅσα ποτὲ ἐὰν καταλείψῃ ὁ αὐτὸς Ψῦφις ὃς καὶ Ἁρποχρατίων σκεύη καὶ ἐπίπλοα καὶ ἐνδομενίαν καὶ ἐνοφειλόμενα καὶ κτήνη παντοῖα, ἑκάστῳ ὁμοίως κατὰ τὸ τρίτον
The Greek word ἐλεφάντινος (i.e., *elephantinos*) means 'made of ivory' and is derived from ἐλέφας (ivory). It appears in the New Testament in Revelation 18:12, where it describes items made from ivory. The lexicons consistently define it as relating to ivory without significant disagreement.
ἐλεφάντινος, -η, -ον
(< ἐλέφας, ivory),
[in LXX for שֵׁן ;]
of ivory: Re 18:12.†
ἐλεφάντινος, -ίνη, -ινον, (ἐλέφας), of ivory: Rev. xviii. 12. [Aleae., Arstph., Polyb., al.]
ἐλεφάντινος. The adj. (Rev 1813) is found guater in Sy// 586 (iv/B.c.). For the subst. = ‘‘ elephant,” see Prezstgke 174 (iii/B.c.) ἀποσταλεὶς ἐπὶ τὴν θήραν τῶν ἐλεφάντων, and = “ivory” Syil 58818 170 (c, B.c. 180).
ἐλεφάντινος (elephantinos) — made of ivory.
ἐλεφάντ-ῐνος, η, ον,
of ivory, [Refs 7th c.BC+]; δίφρος ἐ.,= Latin sella curulis, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; οἶκοι ἐ. [LXX]; τὸ ἐ. the substance of ivory, [Refs 5th c.BC+]
2. white as ivory, μέτωπον [Refs]; τάριχος Crates 29.
ἐλεφάντινος
elephantinos
from elephas (an "elephant"); elephantine, i.e. (by implication)
composed of ivory:--of ivory.
ἐλεφάντινος, η, ον
Adj
made of ivory
ἐλεφάντινος elephantinos 1x
ivory, made of ivory, Rev. 18:12*
ἐλεφάντινος ἐλεφάντι^νος, η, ον ἐλέφας of ivory, ivory, Lat. eburneus, Ar.
Adj-ASN — Adjective · accusative · singular · neuteraccusative — the one it is done to — the object.
Agrees with anything else marked singular neuter.
A-ASN Part of Speech: Adjective Case: Accusative Number: Singular Gender: Neuter
Ivory
(Heb. pl. shenhabbim, the “tusks of elephants”) was early used in decorations by the Egyptians, and a great trade in it was carried on by the Assyrians (Ezek. 27:6; Rev. 18:12). It was used by the Phoenicians to ornament the box-wood rowing-benches of their galleys, and Hiram’s skilled workmen made Solomon’s throne of ivory (1 Kings 10:18). It was brought by the caravans of Dedan (Isa. 21:13), and from the East Indies by the navy of Tarshish (1 Kings 10:22). Many specimens of ancient Egyptian and Assyrian ivory-work have been preserved. The word habbim is derived from the Sanscrit ibhas, meaning “elephant,”…
The word translated "ivory" literally signifies the "tooth" of any animal, and hence more especially denotes the substance of the projecting tusks of elephants. The skilled work-men of Hiram, king of Tyre, fashioned the great ivory throne of Solomon, and overlaid it with pure gold. (1 Kings 10:18; 2 Chronicles 9:17) The ivory thus employed was supplied by the caravans of Dedan, (Isaiah 21:13; Ezekiel 27:15) or was brought, with apes and peacocks, by the navy of Tarshish. (1 Kings 10:22) The "ivory house" of Ahab, (1 Kings 22:39) was probably a palace, the walls of which were panelled with ivory, like the palace of…
Mentioned in the reign of Solomon, and referred to in Ps 45:1-17, as used in decorating palaces. Solomon, who traded to India, brought thence elephants and ivory to Judea. "For the king had at sea a navy of Tarshish, with the navy of Hiram: once in three years came the navy of Tarshish, bringing gold and silver and ivory," 1Ki 10:22 2Ch 9:21. Solomon had a throne decorated with ivory, and inlaid with gold, these beautiful materials relieving the splendor and heightening the luster of each other, 1Ki 10:18. Ivory, as is well known, is the substance of the tusks of elephants, and hence it is always called in Hebrew, tooth.
1 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 1 different way. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.
Counted over the 6 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.
ἐγενόμην οὖν, ἀδελφοί, εἰς τὸν ἀγρὸν καὶ συνεψήφισα τὰς ὥρας καὶ ἦλθον εἰς τὸν τόπον, ὅπου διεταξάμην αὐτῇ ἐλθεῖν, καὶ βλέπω συμψέλιον κείμενον ἐλεφάντινον, καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ συμψελίου ἔκειτο κερβικάριον λινοῦν καὶ ἐπάνω λέντιον ἐξηπλωμένον λινοῦν…
προσκεφάλαια ἐρεᾶ β ἀλαβαστροθήκην ἐν ἧι ἐνῆν μύρα δραχμὰς ι, ἀργυρίου δραχμὰς ξϛ ἐξάλειπτρον ἐλεφάντινον, πίνακα ἐξ ἐβένου καὶ ἐλέφαντος, ἱμάτιον καὶ χιτῶνας δύο ἐρεοῦν καὶ λινοῦς, οἴνου κεράμια
εἰς τὰ ἴδιά μου καὶ λαβὲ τὸ κρο … … … των τὸ ἐλεφάντινον παρὰ δορεας ηψυ … … … θεων καὶ κράτει αὐτω διαντων ἱματίων των ηρκ
ἐντολικὸν τῆς Νόννας σαβακάθια β ἐξέλικτρον ἐλεφάντινον καμψίον ἐλεφάντινον α.
καί (kai) is a conjunction meaning 'and,' used to connect words, phrases, and clauses. It serves various functions, including copulative and adjunctive uses, and can express cumulative ideas like 'also' or 'even.' The New Testament frequently employs it to link terms and sentences, as seen in verses like Matthew 2:18 and John 10:3. Abbott-Smith notes its use in both simple and complex structures, while Thayer emphasizes its role as the most common particle in the New Testament.
καί, a conj., and; the most freq. by far of all the particles in the N. T. [On its uses see W. § 53, 3sqq.; B. 361 (310) sqq., and ef. Ellicott on Phil. iv. 12; on the difference between it and τέ see 8. v. τέ ad init. ] I. It serves as a copulative i.e. to connect (Lat. et, atque, Germ. und) ; 1. it connects single words or terms: a. univ., as of Φαρισαῖοι καὶ Σαδδουκαῖοι, Mt. xvi. 1; ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατήρ, he who is God and Father (see θεός, 3); ἐν καρδίᾳ καλῇ καὶ ἀγαθῇ, Lk. viii. 15; πολυμερῶς καὶ πολυτρόπως, ΗΘ}. 1. 1; it is repeated before single terms, to each of which its own force and weight is thus given: ἡ υἱοθεσία καὶ ἡ δόξα καὶ ai διαθῆκαι καὶ ἡ νομοθεσία καὶ ἡ λατρεία καὶ αἱ ἐπαγγελίαι, Ro. ix. 4 ; ἁγία καὶ δικαία καὶ ἀγαθή, Ro. vii. 12; add, Mt. xxiii. 23; Lk. xiv. 21; Jn. xvi. 8; Acts xv. 20, 29; xxi. 25; Heb. ix. 10; Rey. v. 12; xviii. 12 sq.; ef. W. 519 sq. (484). b. it…
Read the full entry →και. In LAE p. 129 ff. Deissmann discusses the thoroughly popular character of the Johannine style with its short paratactic sentences, introduced by kal. . . καί. To illustrate this, he cites amongst other exx. a Dream from the Serapeum, P Par 51 (B.C. 160) (= Selections, p. 18 ff. : see especially the amended readings in Archiv vi. p. 204), which runs—** ὦμ[ην] βατί -- δ)ίζειν pe [ἀπ]ὸ λειβὸς ἕως ἀ[ πηλι]ώτου, καὶ ἀναπίπτομαι ἐπ᾿ ἄχυρον" καὶ [ἄν]θρωπ[ος9] ἀπὸ λιβός μου, ἐχόμενός μου’ ἀναπίπτει καὶ αὐτός, καὶ ὥσπερ κεκλειμμ[évot] μου ἦσαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου, καὶ ἐξαί[φνης] ἀνύγω τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς pov, καὶ ὁρῶ kTA., “ I dreamed that I was going from West to East, and I lie down upon chaff. And there | αὐτὸ (deleted in the original) Σεμφθεῖ. | ἐκ καινῆς ἐν Σομολ(ῶ)…
Read the full entry →καί (kai) — and.
καί,
conjunction, copulative, joining words and sentences,
__A and; also adverb, even, also, just, frequently expressing emphatic assertion or assent, corresponding as positive to the negative οὐ (μή) or οὐδέ (μηδέ). copulative, and,
__A.I joining words or sentences to those preceding, ἦ, καὶ κυανέῃσιν ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσινεῦσε Κρονίων [Refs 8th c.BC+]: repeated with two or more Nouns, αἱ δὲ ἔλαφοι κ. δορκάδες κ. οἱ ἄγριοι οἶες κ. οἱ ὄνοι οἱ ἄγριοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; joining only the last pair, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ ὄχλος πλείων κ. πλείων ἐπέρρει more and more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to add epithets after πολύς, πολλὰ κ. ἐσθλά [Refs 8th c.BC+]
καί
kai
apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also
a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in
connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and,
also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when,
yet.
καί
Cj.
and, even, also, namely
καί kai 9x
(1) and, Mt. 2:2, 3, 11; 4:22; (2) καί ... καί, both ... and; (3) as a cumulative particle, also, too, Mt. 5:39; Jn. 8:19; 1 Cor. 11:6; (4) emphatic, even, also, Mt. 10:30; 1 Cor. 2:10; in NT adversative, but, Mt. 11:19; also introductory of the apodosis of a sentence, Gal. 3:28; Jas. 2:4
Conj — Conjunctionconjunction — it joins clauses, and never changes form.
CONJ CONJunction or conjunctive particle
9,477 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 42 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.
Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 8,978 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.
← what comes before
what comes after →
branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path
3 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →
Τῶν ἄλλων νομοθετῶν οἱ μὲν ἀκαλλώπιστα καὶ γυμνὰ τὰ νομισθέντα παρ’ αὐτοῖς εἶναι δίκαια διετάξαντο, οἱ δὲ πολὺν ὄγκον τοῖς νοήμασι προσπεριβαλόντες ἐξετύφωσαν τὰ πλήθη μυθικοῖς πλάσμασι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπικρύψαντες.
ἡ τοῦ κόσμου σύστασις καὶ διάταξις τῶν στοιχείων.
Χαίρετε, υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες, ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς, ἐν εἰρήνῃ.
r βασιλεύοντος Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν Φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιε, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν καὶ κανηφόρου τῶν
1 ἔτους ιζ Θῶυθ κη ἀπέδοτο Πετεσοῦχος Φίβιος καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τὸ ὕπαρχον αὐτοῖς ἥμισυ περιστερῶνος τοῦ ὄντος ἐν τῶι ἀπὸ βορρᾶ μέρει
βασιλευόντων Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιϛ, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν καὶ κανηφόρου τῶν
The Greek word πᾶς (i.e., *pas*) means 'all' or 'every' and appears in various forms, including masculine, feminine, and neuter. It is used in the New Testament to denote totality, as in 'all things' or 'every kind,' and can function as an adjective or pronoun. Notably, it can also imply 'the whole' when used with definite articles, as seen in verses like Matthew 28:18.
πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν, gen., παντός, πάσης, παντός,
[in LXX chiefly for כֹּל;]
all, every.
As adj.,
πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν, en. παντός, πάσης, παντός, [dat. plur. Lchm. πᾶσι ten times, -σιν seventy-two times; Tdf. -σι five times (see Proleg. p. 98 sq.), -ow seventy-seven times; Treg. -ow eighty-two times; WH -ox fourteen times, -ow sixty-eight times; see N, v (ἐφελκυστικόν)], Hebr. 75, [fr. Hom. down], all, every; it is used I. adjectively, and 1. with anarthrous nouns; a. any, every one (86. of the class denoted by the noun annexed to mas); with the Singular: as πᾶν δένδρον, Mt. iii. 10; πᾶσα θυσία, Mk. ix. 49 [T WH Tr mrg. om. Tr txt. br. the cl.]; add, Mt. v.11; xv. 13; Lk. iv. 37; Jn.ii. 10; xv.2; Acts ii.43; v.42; Ro. xiv. 11; 1 Co. iv. 17; Rev. xviii. 17, and very often; πᾶσα ψυχὴ ἀνθρώπου, Ro. ii. 9 (πᾶσα ἀνθρ. ψυχή, Plat. Phaedr. p- 249e.); πᾶσα συνείδησις ἀνθρώπων, 2 Co. iv. 2; mas λεγόμενος θεός, 2 Th. ii. 4; πᾶς ἅγιος ἐν Χριστῷ, Phil. iv. 21sqq. with the Plural, all or any that are…
Read the full entry →παῖς. In Gnomon 41 (¢. A.D. 150) it is laid down—éav Αἰγύπτιος ἐκ κοπρίας [ἀν]έληται παῖδα καὶ τοῦτον υἱοποιήσηται, μετὰ θάνατον τεταρτολο[ γεῖτ]αι, ““1Γ an Egyptian shall take up a child from the dungheap, and adopt him as a son, he shall be mulcted after his death to the extent of one fourth of his property.” For παῖς applied to a female child see P Strass I. 41° (A.D. 250) ἐκδικῆσαι τὰ τῆς παιδός, and P Oxy 1 5215 (A.D. 325) εΠδαμὲν τὴν παῖδα ἔχουσαν κατὰ τῶν εἰσχίων ἀμυχὰς μετὰ πελιωμάτων (see 76. II. p. 319), ““νγῈ saw that the girl had wounds on her hips with livid spots”: cf. Lk 8° (for voc. of address see Pro/eg. pp. 70, 235). The word is commonly applied to slaves, as in Lk 77 a/., e.g. P Lille 27 (iii/B.c.), where 11 male slaves are enumerated under the heading παῖδες, then 2 female slaves, and then again 3 male slaves: cf. P Strass I. 405 (a. p. 569) Κολλοῦθος Βίκτορος…
Read the full entry →πᾶς (pas) — all.
πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν,
__AAeolic dialect παῖς, παῖσα [Refs 7th c.BC+] feminine πάνσα [Refs 8th c.BC+], Epic dialect and Delph. πάντεσσι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also Locrian dialect πάντεσιν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πάντοις [Refs 2nd c.BC+] as accusative masculine in [LXX+7th c.BC+], etc. (but in compounds sometimes long in Attic dialect, [Refs].]—Coll. pronoun, when used of a number, all; when of one only, the whole; of the several persons in a number, every.
__A.I in plural, all, πάντες τε θεοὶ πᾶσαί τε θέαιναι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πάντες ὅσοι.. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πάντας ᾧ ἂνπεριτυγχάνῃ, for ὅσοις ἄν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with the Article, see.below [Refs 5th c.BC+]
πᾶς
pas
including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all,
any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one),
X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X
thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν
Adj
all, the whole, every kind of
πᾶς pas 1x
all; in the sg. the whole, entire, usually when the substantive has the article, Mt. 6:29; 8:32; Acts 19:26; every, only with an anarthrous subst., Mt. 3:10; 4:4; pl. all, Mt. 1:17, et al. freq.; πάντα, in all respects, Acts 20:35; 1 Cor. 9:25; 10:33; 11:2; by a Hebraism, a negative with πᾶς is sometimes equivalent to οὐδείς or μηδείς, Mt. 24:22; Lk. 1:37; Acts 10:14; Read the full entry →
Adj-ASN — Adjective · accusative · singular · neuteraccusative — the one it is done to — the object.
Agrees with anything else marked singular neuter.
A-ASN Part of Speech: Adjective Case: Accusative Number: Singular Gender: Neuter
1,264 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 28 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.
Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 1,242 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.
← what comes before
what comes after →
branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path
27 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →
καὶ γὰρ πατὴρ ἐκγόνων καὶ δημιουργὸς τῶν δημιουργηθέντων στοχάζεται τῆς διαμονῆς καὶ ὅσα μὲν ἐπιζήμια καὶ βλαβερὰ μηχανῇ πάσῃ διωθεῖται, τὰ δὲ ὅσα ὠφέλιμα καὶ λυσιτελῆ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον ἐκπορίζειν ἐπιποθεῖ·
ὡς οἱ Νώχου ἔγγονοι πᾶσαν τὴν οἰκουμένην ἐπῴκησαν.
πεφανέρωκεν γὰρ ἡμῖν διὰ πάντων τῶν προφητῶν, ὅτι οὕτε θυσιῶν οὔτε ὁλοκαυτωμάτων οὔτε προσφορῶν χρῄζει, λέγων ὅτε μέν:
γῆ Σενπελαίας, βορρᾶ γῆ Πανᾶτος ἀπηλιώτου ποταμός, λιβὸς Ἀραμείους, ἢ οἳ ἂν ὦσι γείτονες πάντων πάντοθεν. ἐπρίατο Πετεαρσεμθεὺς Πανοβχούνιος ὡς ἐτῶν μ χαλκοῦ τάλαντα δύο . προπωλητὴς καὶ βεβαιωτὴς
ἐτῶν λ χαλκοῦ δραχμῶν τρισχιλίων . προπωληταὶ καὶ βεβαιωταὶ τῶν κατὰ τὴν ὠνὴν ταύτην πάντων Νεχούτης καὶ ὁ σὺν αὐτῷ οἱ ἀποδόμενοι, ὃν ἐδέξατο Πακοῖβις ὁ πριάμενος. Ἑρμίας ὁ
χαλκοῦ δραχμὰς δισχιλίας καὶ διακοσίας . προπωλητὴς καὶ βεβαιωτὴς τῶν κατὰ τὴν ὠνὴν ταύτην πάντων Πανοβχοῦνις ὁ ἀποδόμενος, ὃν ἐδέξατο Εὔνους ὁ πριάμενος. Ἑρμίας ὁ παρὰ Πανίσκου κεχρημάτικα.
σκεῦος is a neuter noun meaning a vessel or implement, often used in various contexts including household utensils, military equipment, and ship gear. In the New Testament, it appears in verses like Mark 11:16 and Romans 9:21, where it can also metaphorically refer to people, such as 'vessels of mercy' or 'vessels of wrath.' The term can denote both physical objects and the body as a vessel for the soul.
σκεῦος, -ους, τό
[in LXX chiefly for כְּלִי ;]
a vessel, implement (for exx. in various senses, v. MM, xxii): Mk 11:16, Lk 8:16, Jo 19:29, Ac 10:11, 16 11:5, Ro 9:21, Re 18:12; pl., II Ti 2:20, Re 2:27; τὰ σ. τῆς λειτουργίας, He 9:21; pl., τὰ σ., utensils, goods, Mt 12:29, Mk 3:27, Lk…
Read the full entry →σκεῦος, -ous, τό, [prob. fr. τ. sku ‘to cover’; οἵ. Lat. scutum, cutis, obscurus; Curtius § 113; Vaniéek p.1115], fr. [Arstph.], Thue. down; Sept. for ὌΞ; 1. avessel: Mk. xi. 16; Lk. viii. 16; Jn. xix. 29; Acts x. 11,16; xi. 5; 2 Tim. ii. 20; Rev. ii. 27; xviii. 12; τὰ ox. τῆς λειτουργίας, to be used in performing religious rites, Heb. ix. 21; σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν, unto honor, i. e. for honorable use, Ro. ix. 21; 2 Tim. ii. 21, (καθαρῶν ἔργων δοῦλα σκεύη. Sap. xv. 7); εἰς ἀτιμίαν, unto dishonor, i. e. for a low use (as, a urinal), Ro. ix. 21; σκεύη ὀργῆς, into which wrath is emptied, i. e. men appointed by God unto woe, hence the addition κατηρτισμένα εἰς ἀπώλειαν, Ro. ix. 22; σκεύη ἐλέους, fitted to receive mercy, —explained by the words ἃ προητοίμασεν eis δόξαν, ib. 23; τὸ σκεῦος is used of a woman, as the vessel of her husband, 1 Th. iv. 4 (see κτάομαι ; [al. take it here (as in 2 Co.…
Read the full entry →σκεῦος, **a vessel” (Rom 9?! a/.). This common noun is used with a variety of applications, e.g. P Eleph 1451 (iii/B.c.) ἔκ τε κτηνῶν Kal σκενῶν, P Petr III. 107(@)i™ (ii/B.c.) fares are paid for the conveyance τῶν ᾿Αγήνορος σκενῶν, “οἵ Agenor’s furniture,” P Ryl 11. 138?3 (A.D. 34) ἐρίων σταθμία te kal ἕτερα σκεύη, “15. measures of wool, as well as other implements,” P Oxy I. 105% (A.D. 117-137) σκεύη καὶ ἔπιπλα, ‘‘movables and household stock,” P Tebt II. 38114 (A.D. 123) (= Selections, p. 78) σκεύηι kal ἐνδομενίαν καὶ ἱματισμόν, ‘utensils and household-stock and clothing,” and P Grenf II. 7714 (iii/iv a.D.) (= Se/ectzons, p. 120) χάριν τῶν σκευῶν αὐτοῦ, ‘on account of his goods.” For σκεῦος = ‘‘(a ship's) tackle,” as in Ac 2717, cf. P Cairo Zen I. 590317° (B.c. 258) ἀδύνατογ yap μοι δοκεῖ εἶναι ἄνευ τῶν ἀναγκαίων σκευῶν πλεῖν τὰ πλοῖα, and Sy// 537 (= %969)* (B.C. 347-6) σ]υνγραφαὶ…
Read the full entry →σκεῦος (skeuos) — vessel.
σκεῦος, εος, τό,
vessel or implement of any kind, in singular, [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—but the plural is frequently used in a collective sense, all that belongs to a complete outfit, house-gear, utensils, chattels, opposed to live-stock and fixtures, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; σ. γεωργικά farming implements, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἱερὰ σ. sacred vessels and implements, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; a druggist's stores, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; σ. τὰ ἐπιτράπεζα table-furniture, [Refs]; military accoutrements, equipment, τὰ περὶ τὸ σῶμα σ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τῶν ἵππων σ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; baggage of an army, and, generally, baggage, luggage, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὄνοι αὐτοῖς σκεύεσι packs and all, [Refs]; tackle, gear of ships, naval stores, etc., [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ σκέα (σκεύη) τοῦ πλοίου [Refs 3rd c.BC+] (so, collectively, in singular…
Read the full entry →σκεῦος
skeuos
of uncertain affinity; a vessel, implement, equipment or apparatus
(literally or figuratively (specially, a wife as contributing to the
usefulness of the husband)):--goods, sail, stuff, vessel.
σκεῦος, ους, τό
n.n.
a vessel to contain liquid, utensil, tackle
σκεῦος skeuos 23x
a vessel, utensil for containing anything, Mk. 11:16; Lk. 8:16; Rom. 9:21; any utensil, instrument; σκεύη, household stuff, furniture, goods, etc., Mt. 12:29; Mk. 3:27; the mast of a ship, or, the sail, Acts 27:17; met. an instrument, means, organ, minister, Acts 9:15; σκεύη ὀργῆς and σκεύη ἐλέους, vessels of wrath, or, of mercy, persons visited by punishment, or, the divine favor, Rom. 9:22, 23; the vessel or frame of the human…
Read the full entry →σκεῦος σκεῦος, ος, εος, τό, a vessel or implement of any kind, Ar., Thuc., etc.:—pl. in collective sense, furniture, house-gear, utensils, chattels, Ar.:—esp. of military accoutrements, equipment, Thuc., Xen.: baggage, luggage, Lat. impedimenta, Ar., Xen.:— the tackling or gear of ships, Xen., NTest.
an inanimate object, a thing, Plat.
metaph., τὸ σκεῦος, the body, as the vessel of the soul, NTest.; σκεῦος ἐκλογῆς a chosen vessel, of St. Paul, id. NTest.
Noun-ASN — Noun · accusative · singular · neuteraccusative — the one it is done to — the object.
Agrees with anything else marked singular neuter.
N-ASN Part of Speech: Noun Case: Accusative Number: Singular Gender: Neuter
23 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 6 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.
Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 23 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.
← what comes before
what comes after →
branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path
Counted over the 139 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.
διὰ τοῦθ’ εὑρήσεις τὴν σκηνὴν καὶ τὰ σκεύη πάντα αὐτῆς πρότερον μὲν ὑπὸ Μωυσέως, αὖθις δ’ ὑπὸ Βεσελεὴλ κατασκευαζόμενα·
πολὺς γὰρ ὁ ἄργυρός τε καὶ χρυσὸς ἐγκατελήφθη ἐν τῷ στρατοπέδῳ καὶ σκεύη χαλκᾶ, οἷς ἐχρῶντο περὶ τὴν δίαιταν, πολὺ δὲ ἐπίσημον πλῆθος ἑκατέρων ὅσα τε ὑφαντὰ καὶ κόσμοι περὶ τὰς ὁπλίσεις ἥ τε ἄλλη θεραπεία καὶ κατασκευὴ ἐκείνων λεία τε παντοία κτηνῶν…
γεγραμμένης ἐντολῆς: Ὃς ἂν μὴ νηστεύσῃ τὴν νηστείαν, θανάτῳ ἐξολεθρευθήσεται, ἐνετείλατο κύριος, ἐπεὶ καὶ αὐτὸς ὑπὲρ τῶν ἡμετέρων ἁμαρτιῶν ἔμελλεν τὸ σκεῦος τοῦ πνεύματος προσφέρειν θυσίαν, ἵνα καὶ ὁ τύπος ὁ γενόμενος ἐπὶ Ἰσαὰκ τοῦ προσενεχθέντος…
μμθετου τῶν ἀπὸ Καρανίδος εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν μου ἀπηνέγκαντο ἱματισμὸν … πάντες βε … σκεύη καὶ ἐπήνεγκάν μοι πληγὰς πλείστας εἰς τὸ τυχὸν μέρος τοῦ σώματος … ἐπιθέντες τη
μου Ὀρσενούφι καὶ Σισοΐτι καὶ Πετοβάστι καὶ Μαρρῆτι καὶ τὰ ἐν τῆι οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ σκεύη τε καὶ ἕτερα τῇ μητρὶ ἡμῶν Ταοννώφρι ἐπὶ τὸν τῆς ζωῆς αὐτῆς χρόνον. ἐν
Ψύφι καὶ Ψενκήβκι πάντα ὅσα ποτὲ ἐὰν καταλείψῃ ὁ αὐτὸς Ψῦφις ὃς καὶ Ἁρποχρατίων σκεύη καὶ ἐπίπλοα καὶ ἐνδομενίαν καὶ ἐνοφειλόμενα καὶ κτήνη παντοῖα, ἑκάστῳ ὁμοίως κατὰ τὸ τρίτον
The Greek word ἐκ (transliterated as ek) is a preposition that means 'from' or 'out of,' governing the genitive case. It indicates origin, separation, or motion away from a place, time, or cause. In the New Testament, it is used to denote various relationships, such as source or distinction, and appears in contexts like John 6:31 and Matthew 1:3. Different lexicons highlight its versatility in both literal and metaphorical senses.
ἐκ (ἐξ),
prep. c. gen.,
from out of, from (see Addendum, p. 492).
ἐκ, before a vowel ἐξ,
prep. c. gen.,
of motion outwards, separation from (opp. to εἰς; = Lat. e, ex), from out of, from among, from.
Of Place,
ἐκ, before a vowel ἐξ, a preposition governing the genitive. It denotes as well exit or emission out of, as separation from, something with which there has been close connection ; opp. to the prepositions εἰς into and ἐν in: from out of, out from, forth from, from, (Lat. e, ex), [ οἵ. W. 364, 366 (343) sq.; B. 326 sq. (281)]. It is used I. of Pace, and 1. univ. of the place from which; from a surrounding or enclosing place, from the interior of: ἄρτος, ἄγγελος, φῶς ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, Jn. vi. 81 sq.; Acts ix. 3 [here RG ἀπό]; Gal. 1. 8; ἀνατολή, δύναμις ἐξ ὕψους, Lk. i. 78; xxiv. 49; esp. after verbs of going, fleeing, leading, calling, freeing, removing, releasing, etc. : ἥκειν ἐκ τῆς ᾿Ιουδαίας eis τ. Γαλιλαίαν, Jn. iv. 47; ἐξέρχεσθαι ἔκ τινος out of the body of one (spoken of demons), Mk. i. 25; v. 8 [here L mrg. ἀπό]; vii. 29; of power emanating from the body, Mk. v. 30 [cf. B. 301 (258)…
Read the full entry →ἐκ 190 passages as P Tebt I. 23" (c. B.C. 119 or 114) οὐκ ὀρθῶς κρίνομεν πέπρακταί σοι μὴ ἐκ τῆς ἡμῶν προεδρίας πεφροντικέναι ἀπροσδέητον ἑτέρων γενέσθαι, ‘I consider that you have acted badly in not having been careful that he should be independent of others owing to my superior rank ”’ (Edd. ), 24. 248° (B.c. 117) ἔκ τε τῆς πλείστης προσεδρείας, ‘on account of the prolonged attendance ’’ (Edd.), and P Fay 12} (c. B.C. 103) ἐκ κοινολογ[ς(]α[ς] τ[ἢ]ς συνσταθείσης πρὸς αὐτούς, ‘‘as the result of the colloquy which took place between τ᾿ (Edd.). From this it is an easy transition to the meaning ‘‘ according to”’ or “in accordance with,’’ as in the common legal phrase καθάπερ ἐγ δίκης, ‘‘as if in accordance with a legal decision,’’ z. δ. ‘‘as if a formal decree of the court had been obtained,’’ as in P Eleph 1132 (B.C. 311-0) (= Selections, p- 3), P Ryl 11. 15435 (a.p. 66): cf. P Petr III.…
Read the full entry →ἐκ (ek) — out from.
ἐκ,
before a vowel ἐξ, also
__A ἐξ τῳ ϝοίκῳ [Refs] and less frequently ; ἐγ- in Inscrr. before β γ δ λ μ ; Cretan dialect and Boeotian dialect ἐς [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἐχ frequently in Attic dialect Inscrr. before χ φ θ (and in early Inscrr. before ς, [Refs]:—preposition governing GEN. only (except in [Refs 4th c.BC+]:—radical sense, from out of, frequently also simply, from.
__A.I OF PLACE, the most frequently usage, variously modified:
__A.I.1 of Motion, out of, forth from, ἐκ Πύλου ἐλθὼν τηλόθεν ἐξ ἀπίης γαίης [Refs 8th c.BC+] to strike with a spear in the hand, opposed to ἀντιτοξεύειν or ἀκοντίζειν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐκ χρυσῶν φιαλῶν πίνειν[Refs 5th c.BC+]
ἐκ
ek
or ex ex
a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or
motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or
figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at,
betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above),
for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X
heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, ...ly, (because, by reason) of,
off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth,
through,
X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition,
with the same general import; often of completion.
ἐκ, ἐξ
Prep.
from out, out from among, from
ἐκ ek 915x
ἐχ before vowels, with genitive, from, out of, a place, Mt. 2:15; 3:17; of, from, out of, denoting origin or source, Mt. 1:3; 21:19; of, from some material, Mt. 3:9; Rom. 9:21; of, from, among, partitively, Mt. 6:27; 21:31; Mk. 9:17; from, denoting cause, Rev. 8:11; 17:6; means or instrument, Mt. 12:33, 37; by, through, denoting the author or efficient cause, Mt. 1:18; Read the full entry →
ἐκ
ἐξ before a vowel, ἐγ before β γ δ λ μ prep. governing GEN. only, Lat. e, exRadical sense, from out of, opp. to εἰς:
out of, from. c. gen.
OF PLACE:
of Motion, out of, forth from, Hom., etc.: ἐκ θυμοῦ φίλεον I loved her from my heart, with all my heart, Il.
to denote change from one place or condition to another, κακὸν ἐκ κακοῦ one evil from (or after) another, id. Il.; λόγον ἐκ λόγου λέγειν Dem.
to express distinction from a number, ἐκ πόλεων πίσυρες four out of many, Il.
of Position, like ἔξω, outside of, beyond, ἐκ βελέων out of shot, id. Il.; ἐκ καπνοῦ out of the smoke, Od.
with Verbs of Rest, ἐκ ποταμοῦ χρόα νίζετο washed his body with water from the river, id. Od.:—with Verbs signifying to hang or fasten, ἐκ πασσαλόφι κρέμασεν φόρμιγγα he hung his lyre from (i. e. on) the peg, id.…
Prep — Prepositionpreposition — its sense depends on the case of the word it governs.
PREP PREPosition
ov:
(1) In Anglo-Saxon, had the meaning "from," "away from" (as the strengthened form "off" has still), and was not used for genitive or possessive relations, these being expressed by special case-forms. In the Norman period, however, "of" was taken to represent the French de (a use well developed by the time of Chaucer), and in the Elizabethan period both senses of "of" were in common use. But after about 1600 the later force of the word became predominant, and in the earlier sense (which is now practically obsolete) it was replaced by other prepositions. In consequence the King James Version (and in some cases the Revised Version (British and American)) contains many uses of "of" that are no longer familiar--most of them, to be sure, causing no difficulty, but there still being a few responsible for real obscurities.
OF, preposition ov. [Gr.]
1. From or out of; proceeding from, as the cause, source, means, author or agent bestowing.
I have received of the Lord that which also I delivered to you. 1 Corinthians 11:1.
For it was of the Lord to harden their hearts. Joshua 11:1.
It is of the Lord's mercies that we are not consumed.
Lamentations 3:1.
The whole disposing thereof is of the Lord. Proverbs 16:1.
Go, inquire of the Lord for me. 2 Chronicles 34:2.
That holy thing that shall be born of thee. Luke 1:1.
Hence of is the sign of the genitive case, the case that denotes production; as the son of man, the son proceeding from man, produced from man. This is the primary sense, although we now say, produced by man. 'Part of these were slain; ' that is, a number separate, for part denotes a division; the sense then is, a number from or out of the whole were slain. So also, 'some of these were slain; ' that is…
933 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 26 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.
Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 913 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.
← what comes before
what comes after →
branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path
Every reference is on the Strong's page.
ξύλον (xulon) means wood or timber and can refer to various wooden items, including a piece of wood, a cudgel, or stocks for prisoners. In the New Testament, it is notably used to describe the Cross (Acts 5:30, 10:39, 13:29, Galatians 3:13, 1 Peter 2:24). The word can also denote a tree, as seen in Luke 23:31.
ξύλον, -ου, τό,
[in LXX chiefly for עֵץ;]
a piece of wood, hence, anything made of wood, as,
ξύλον, -ου, τό, (fr. ξύω to scrape, plane), fr. Hom. down; Sept. for 315 1. wood: univ. 1 Co. iii. 12; &. Avivo, Rey. xviii. 12; that which is made of wood, as a beam from which any one is suspended, a gibbet, a cross, [A. V. tree, 4- v- in B.D. Am. ed.], Acts v. 30; x. 89; xiii. 29; Gal. iii. 13; 1 Pet. ii 24, (yy, Gen. xl. 19; Deut. xxi. 23; Josh. x. 26; Esth. v. 14), —a use not found in the classics [ef. L. and S. s. v. II. 4]. A log or timber with holes in which the feet, hands, neck, of prisoners were inserted and fastened with thongs (Gr. κᾶλον, ξυλοπέδη, ποδοκάκη, ποδοστράβη, Lat. nervus, by which the Lat. renders the Ilebr. 10, a fetter, or shackle for the feet, Job [xiii. 27] ; xxxiii. 11; ef. Fischer, De vitiis lexx. N. T. p. 458 sqq.; [B. D. s. v. Stocks]): Acts xvi. 24 (Hdt. 6, 75; 9, 37; Arstph. eq. 367, 394, 705); a cudgel, stick, staff: plur., Mt. xxvi. 47, 55; Mk. xiv.…
Read the full entry →ξύλον γέμ[υἸσὸν αὐτὰ (τὰ κτήνη) βάκανον καὶ ξύλον, ‘‘load them (the animals) with cabbage and wood,” P Giss I. 67° (ii/A.D.) ξενικῶν ξύλων, ‘‘wood imported from abroad,” P Tebt 11. 3042 (A.D. 167-8) peta ξύλων ἰσπηδῆσαι, ‘to rush in with staves,” P Oxy I. 69% (A.D. 190) tows προσἐρείσαντας τῷ τόπῳ ξύλον, *‘ probably using a log of wood as a battering-ram” (Edd.), 26. XIV. 17388 (iii/a.p.) ξύλα . σώματα, ‘logs,” and P Ryl II. 236" (a.p. 256) ἀνερχόμενα δὲ ξύλα ἀνακομισάτω els τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ εὐσχήμονος, ‘and when they (a team of four donkeys) come, let them bring up timber to the magistrate’s house” (Edd.). Reference may also be made to the law of astynomy at Pergamum, OG/S 483181 (time of Trajan) μαστειγωθεὶς δὲ ἐν τῶι κύφωνι πληγαῖς ἑκατὸν δεδέσθω ἐν τῶι ξύλωι ἡμέρας δέκα, with the editor’s note. For ξύλον, “‘a measure of length,” = 3 cubits cf. P Ryl 11. 64%3(iv/v a.p.), the introd. to…
Read the full entry →ξύλον (xulon) — wood.
ξύλον [ῠ], τό
(plural spelt ξύλεα [Refs 5th c.BC+], wood cut and ready for use, firewood, timber, etc., [Refs 8th c.BC+], mostly in plural, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ξ. νήϊα ship-timber, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ξ. τετράγωνα logs cut square, [Refs 5th c.BC+]
2. in plural, also, the wood-market, ἐπὶ ξύλα ἰέναι [Refs 5th c.BC+]
II. in singular, piece of wood, log, beam, post, once in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ξ. σύκινον spoon made of fig wood, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; peg or lever, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; perch, ἐπὶ ξύλου καθεύδειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἵπποιο κακὸν ξ., of the Trojan horse, [Refs 6th c.AD+]
II.2. cudgel, club, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μετὰ ξύλων εἰσπηδῆσαι [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; ξύλοις συντρίψειν [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; of the club of Heracles, [Refs 1st c.AD+]
ξύλον
xulon
from another form of the base of 3582; timber (as fuel or material);
by implication, a stick, club or tree or other wooden article or
substance:--staff, stocks, tree, wood.
see GREEK for 3582
ξύλον, ου, τό
n.n.
a staff, cross, anything made of wood
χύλον xylon 20x
wood, timber, 1 Cor. 3:12; Rev. 18:12; stocks, Acts 16:24; a club, Mt. 26:47, 55; a post, cross, gibbet, Acts 5:30; 10:29; 13:29; a tree, Lk. 23:31; Rev. 2:7
ξύλον ξύ^λον, ου, τό, perh. from ξύω wood cut and ready for use, firewood, timber, Hom.; ξύλα νήια ship- timber, Hes.; ξ. ναυπηγήσιμα Thuc.
in sg. a piece of wood, a post, Hom.: a perch, Ar.: a stick, cudgel, club, Hdt., Ar.
a collar of wood, put on the neck of the prisoner, Ar.:—also stocks, for the feet, Hdt., Ar.; cf. πεντεσύριγγος.
a plank or beam to which malefactors were bound, the Cross, NTest.
a money-changer's table, Dem.
πρῶτον ξύλον the front bench of the Athenian theatre, Ar.
of live wood, a tree, Xen.
Noun-GSN — Noun · genitive · singular · neutergenitive — of, from, belonging to.
Agrees with anything else marked singular neuter.
N-GSN Part of Speech: Noun Case: Genitive Number: Singular Gender: Neuter
wood.
See BOTANY; FOREST; TREES.
Wood
See FOREST.
[FOREST]
20 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 5 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.
Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 20 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.
← what comes before
what comes after →
branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path
Counted over the 168 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.
εἶθ’ ὥσπερ ἐν κηρῷ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ ψυχῇ τοὺς ἑκάστων δεξάμενος τύπους ἀγαλματοφορεῖ νοητὴν πόλιν, ἧς ἀνακινήσας τὰ εἴδωλα μνήμῃ τῇ συμφύτῳ καὶ τοὺς χαρακτῆρας ἔτι μᾶλλον ἐνσφραγισάμενος, οἷα δημιουργὸς ἀγαθός, ἀποβλέπων εἰς τὸ παράδειγμα τὴν ἐκ λίθων καὶ…
ἔστιν ὑπὲρ τὴν Μινυάδα μέγα ὄρος κατὰ τὴν Ἀρμενίαν Βάρις λεγόμενον, εἰς ὃ πολλοὺς συμφυγόντας ἐπὶ τοῦ κατακλυσμοῦ λόγος ἔχει περισωθῆναι καί τινα ἐπὶ λάρνακος ὀχούμενον ἐπὶ τὴν ἀκρώρειαν ὀκεῖλαι καὶ τὰ λείψανα τῶν ξύλων ἐπὶ πολὺ σωθῆναι.
αὐτὸς δὲ ἠθέλησεν οὕτω παθεῖν: ἔδει γάρ, ἵνα ἐπὶ ξύλου πάθῃ.
φαμένης ἐμὲ ὡρίσθαι παρέξεσθαι τούς τε οἰκοδόμους καὶ παρʼ ὧν τὴν πλίνθον καὶ τὰ ξύλα ἠγόρακεν Εὔτυχος καὶ τοὺς ὀνηλάτας χειρογραφοῦντας, ἐμοῦ οὐχ ὡρισμένου, διὸ παραλογισθεὶς Ἀγήνωρ καὶ α
βαλομένου εἴς τε τοὺς οἰκοδόμους καὶ τοὺς … … … οἰκοδόμος καὶ ὁ τὰ ξύλα ἀποδόμενος κα … … … … τὴν τιμὴν καὶ τοὺς μισθοὺς εἰληφέναι παρʼ Εὐτύχου
πύξινα· τὰ ἀπὸ πόλεως· μώϊον μικρὸν ἐν ὧι πύξινα ϛ ἀφʼ ὧν πύξινα ξενικῶν ξύλων δ, βάσις λυχνίας, … ἐν ὧι μώϊα Παρίου λίθου β λόγος πυροῦ· ἀπὸ Φαρμοῦθι
τίμιος (timios) means precious or costly, derived from the root for value. It describes both things of monetary worth and people who are esteemed or honored. In the New Testament, it appears in contexts referring to valuable stones (Revelation) and the honor of individuals (Acts, Hebrews, 1 Peter). The lexicons note its use in comparative and superlative forms, indicating varying degrees of value or honor.
τίμιος, -α, -ον
(< τιμή),
[in LXX chiefly for יָקָר ;]
valued, hence,
precious, costly, highly valued: primarily, of money value, λίθος, Re 17:4 18:12, 16 21:19; pl., I Co 3:12; compar., -ώτεφος, I Pe 1:7, Rec.; superl., -ώτατος, Re 18:12 21:11; in extended sense, καρπός, Ja 5:7; αἷμα, I Pe 1:19; ἐπαγγέλματα, II Pe 1:4;
τίμιος, -a, -ov, (τιμή), fr. Hom. down; a. prop. held as of great price, i.e. precious: λίθος, Rev. xvii. 4; xviii. 12, 16; xxi. 19; plur. 1 Co. iii. 12 [R. V. costly stones] ; compar. τεμιώτερος, 1 Pet. i. 7 Rec.; superl. τιμιώτατος, Rev. xviii. 12; xxi. 11. b. metaph. held in honor, esteemed, especially dear: Veb. xiii. 4; τινί, to one, Acts ν. 34; xx. 24 [here with a gen. also, ace. to the text of T Tr WH (οὐδενὸς λόγου ete. not worth a word; ef. Meyer ad loc.)]; καρπὸς τῆς γῆς, das. v.73 αἷμα, 1 Pet. i. 19; ἐπαγγέλματα, 2 Pet. i. 4.
τίμιος, (1) ‘‘ precious,” “" costly,” of money value (Rev 172, @/.). Cf. P Cairo Zen II. 59160! (B.c. 255) a request to send some corn that the writer may not have to buy at a high price, ὅπως μὴ τίμιον ἀγοράζωμεν, and P Lond 77°? (Will— end of vi/A.D.) (= Chrest. Il. p. 371) ἀπὸ τιμίου εἴδους ἕως ἐλαχίστου. The neut. is used as a subst.in P Oxy VII. 102529 (late iii/A.D.) τὰ τείμια, “the presents” ; (2) “held in honour,” ‘* esteemed” (Ac 524, Heb 134): cf. P Tebt Il. 2942 (A.D. 146) ἐπὶ τοῖϊς αὐ]τοῖς τιμίοις καὶ δικαίοις mace, “with all the same privileges and rights” (Edd.), P Lond 117823 (A.p. 194) (= III. p. 216) ἀνδράσι τειμίοις po[v kal] φίλοις, and from the inscrr. Sy// 930 (= *705)** (B.C. 112-1) συντηρῆσαι τὰ ἐκ παλαιῶν χρόνων δεδομένα τίμια καὶ φιλάνθρωπα. The word is common in addresses, e.g. P Oxy II. 292} (c. A.D. 25) Θέων Τυράννωι τῶι τιμιωτάτων πλεῖστα χαίρειν, 73. 2901…
Read the full entry →τίμιος (timios) — precious.
τίμι-ος [τῑ], α, ον,
[Refs 5th c.BC+]; also ος, ον [Refs 5th c.BC+]: (τιμή):— valued,
I. held in honour, worthy, ὅδε πᾶσι φίλος καὶ τ. ἐστι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἄνδρα τ. [Refs 4th c.BC+]; γενεᾷ τίμιος [Δανάη] [Refs 8th c.BC+]: frequently in comparative and superlative, τιμιώταται θεῶν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; as form of address, -ώτατε[Refs 1st c.AD+]
II. of things, valuable, prized, οὐδὲν κτῆμα -ώτερον [NT+5th c.BC+]
II.2. of high price, costly, dear, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πωλεῖται τίμιος is sold dearly,[Refs 3rd c.BC+]; χρυσίον ὅταν πολὺ παραφανῇ, τὸ ἀργύριον -ώτερον ποιεῖ [Refs 5th c.BC+]. adverb -ίως, πρίασθαι [Refs 6th c.AD+]
τίμιος, α, ον
Adj
of great price, precious, honored
τίμιος timios 13x
precious, costly, of great price, 1 Cor. 3:12; Rev. 18:12; precious, dear, valuable, Acts 20:24; 1 Pet. 1:7, 19; honored, esteemed, respected, Acts 5:34; Heb. 13:4
τίμιος τίμιος, η, ον τι_μή valued:
of persons, held in honour, honoured, worthy, Od., Hdt., attic
of things, costly, prized, Trag.: also costly, dear, Hdt.
conferring honour, honourable, Aesch., Xen.:— τὰ τιμιώτατα ῀ τὰ φίλτατα, Dem.
Adj-GSN-S — Adjective · genitive · singular · neutergenitive — of, from, belonging to.
Agrees with anything else marked singular neuter.
A-GSN-S Part of Speech: Adjective Case: Genitive Number: Singular Gender: Neuter Degree: Superlative
presh'-us (stands for 17 different words, chief of which are yaqar; timios):
(1) Generally in the literal sense, "of great price," "costly," "expensive," of material things (e.g. Pr 1:13; Jer 20:5; Mr 14:3 the King James Version), especially of precious stones (2Sa 12:30; 2Ch 3:6; 1Co 3:12 the King James Version, etc.).
(2) Sometimes "of great moral (non-material) value." "Precious in the sight of Yahweh is the death of his saints" (Ps 116:15); "his precious and exceeding great promises" (
13 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 5 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.
Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 13 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.
← what comes before
what comes after →
branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path
Counted over the 21 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.
τὸ δὲ „ἐκεῖ οὗ ἐστι τὸ χρυσίον“ οὐκ ἔστι τοπικὸν τοιοῦτον, ἐκεῖ ὅπου ἐστὶ τὸ χρυσίον, ἀλλ’ ἐκεῖ οὗ κτῆμά ἐστιν ἡ χρυσαυγὴς καὶ πεπυρωμένη καὶ τιμία φρόνησις·
ταῦτʼ οὖν καὶ βεβαίωσον καὶ μὴ περιίδῃς με διὰ τὴν παροῦσαν ἀσθένειαν, διʼ ἣν καὶ μᾶλλόν σου δεόμενος τυγχάνω, καί μοι παῖδα τοῦτον εὐμενὴς σῶζε καὶ παντὸς ἀπαθῆ κακοῦ διαφύλαττε δοὺς αὐτῷ βίον εὐδαίμονα καὶ κτῆσιν ἀγαθῶν, ὅσων σοι δύναμις…
ἀτενίσωμεν εἰς τὸ αἷμα τοῦ Χριστοῦ καὶ γνῶμεν, ὡς ἔστιν τίμιον τῷ πατρὶ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι διὰ τὴν ἡμετέραν σωτηρίαν ἐκχυθὲν παντὶ τῷ κόσμῳ μετανοίας χάριν ὑπήνεγκεν.
1 Σαραπίωνι στρατηγῷ Ἀρσινοΐτου Ἡρακλείδου μερίδος Ἰσίδωρος γεγυμνασιαρχηκὼς τῷ τιμιωτάτῳ χαίρειν. διʼ ἐπιστάλματος γραφέντος τῇ … μηνὸς … τοῦ ἐνεστῶτος ὀκτωκαιδεκάτου ἔτους Τραιανοῦ Ἀρίστου
Ἰσίδωρος Ἑρμαισκᾷ τῷ τιμιωτάτῳ χαίρειν. οἱ ἐργοδόται προσῆλθαν ἐπιζητοῦντες οὐάρας εἰς τὴν χρείαν τοῦ κίονος. κατὰ τὸ ἀναγκαῖον
Σωκράτης ἐργοδότης Ἀθηνοδώρῳ ταβελλαρίῳ Ἱμέρου ἐπιτρόπου Καίσαρος τῷ τιμιωτάτῳ χαίρειν. καλῶς ποιήσῃς, ἄδελφε, πέμψας τὸν λόγον ὃν διαπέμπω τῷ κρατίστῳ ἐπιτρόπῳ … χησ
καί (kai) is a conjunction meaning 'and,' used to connect words, phrases, and clauses. It serves various functions, including copulative and adjunctive uses, and can express cumulative ideas like 'also' or 'even.' The New Testament frequently employs it to link terms and sentences, as seen in verses like Matthew 2:18 and John 10:3. Abbott-Smith notes its use in both simple and complex structures, while Thayer emphasizes its role as the most common particle in the New Testament.
καί, a conj., and; the most freq. by far of all the particles in the N. T. [On its uses see W. § 53, 3sqq.; B. 361 (310) sqq., and ef. Ellicott on Phil. iv. 12; on the difference between it and τέ see 8. v. τέ ad init. ] I. It serves as a copulative i.e. to connect (Lat. et, atque, Germ. und) ; 1. it connects single words or terms: a. univ., as of Φαρισαῖοι καὶ Σαδδουκαῖοι, Mt. xvi. 1; ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατήρ, he who is God and Father (see θεός, 3); ἐν καρδίᾳ καλῇ καὶ ἀγαθῇ, Lk. viii. 15; πολυμερῶς καὶ πολυτρόπως, ΗΘ}. 1. 1; it is repeated before single terms, to each of which its own force and weight is thus given: ἡ υἱοθεσία καὶ ἡ δόξα καὶ ai διαθῆκαι καὶ ἡ νομοθεσία καὶ ἡ λατρεία καὶ αἱ ἐπαγγελίαι, Ro. ix. 4 ; ἁγία καὶ δικαία καὶ ἀγαθή, Ro. vii. 12; add, Mt. xxiii. 23; Lk. xiv. 21; Jn. xvi. 8; Acts xv. 20, 29; xxi. 25; Heb. ix. 10; Rey. v. 12; xviii. 12 sq.; ef. W. 519 sq. (484). b. it…
Read the full entry →και. In LAE p. 129 ff. Deissmann discusses the thoroughly popular character of the Johannine style with its short paratactic sentences, introduced by kal. . . καί. To illustrate this, he cites amongst other exx. a Dream from the Serapeum, P Par 51 (B.C. 160) (= Selections, p. 18 ff. : see especially the amended readings in Archiv vi. p. 204), which runs—** ὦμ[ην] βατί -- δ)ίζειν pe [ἀπ]ὸ λειβὸς ἕως ἀ[ πηλι]ώτου, καὶ ἀναπίπτομαι ἐπ᾿ ἄχυρον" καὶ [ἄν]θρωπ[ος9] ἀπὸ λιβός μου, ἐχόμενός μου’ ἀναπίπτει καὶ αὐτός, καὶ ὥσπερ κεκλειμμ[évot] μου ἦσαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου, καὶ ἐξαί[φνης] ἀνύγω τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς pov, καὶ ὁρῶ kTA., “ I dreamed that I was going from West to East, and I lie down upon chaff. And there | αὐτὸ (deleted in the original) Σεμφθεῖ. | ἐκ καινῆς ἐν Σομολ(ῶ)…
Read the full entry →καί (kai) — and.
καί,
conjunction, copulative, joining words and sentences,
__A and; also adverb, even, also, just, frequently expressing emphatic assertion or assent, corresponding as positive to the negative οὐ (μή) or οὐδέ (μηδέ). copulative, and,
__A.I joining words or sentences to those preceding, ἦ, καὶ κυανέῃσιν ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσινεῦσε Κρονίων [Refs 8th c.BC+]: repeated with two or more Nouns, αἱ δὲ ἔλαφοι κ. δορκάδες κ. οἱ ἄγριοι οἶες κ. οἱ ὄνοι οἱ ἄγριοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; joining only the last pair, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ ὄχλος πλείων κ. πλείων ἐπέρρει more and more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to add epithets after πολύς, πολλὰ κ. ἐσθλά [Refs 8th c.BC+]
καί
kai
apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also
a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in
connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and,
also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when,
yet.
καί
Cj.
and, even, also, namely
καί kai 9x
(1) and, Mt. 2:2, 3, 11; 4:22; (2) καί ... καί, both ... and; (3) as a cumulative particle, also, too, Mt. 5:39; Jn. 8:19; 1 Cor. 11:6; (4) emphatic, even, also, Mt. 10:30; 1 Cor. 2:10; in NT adversative, but, Mt. 11:19; also introductory of the apodosis of a sentence, Gal. 3:28; Jas. 2:4
Conj — Conjunctionconjunction — it joins clauses, and never changes form.
CONJ CONJunction or conjunctive particle
9,477 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 42 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.
Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 8,978 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.
← what comes before
what comes after →
branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path
3 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →
Τῶν ἄλλων νομοθετῶν οἱ μὲν ἀκαλλώπιστα καὶ γυμνὰ τὰ νομισθέντα παρ’ αὐτοῖς εἶναι δίκαια διετάξαντο, οἱ δὲ πολὺν ὄγκον τοῖς νοήμασι προσπεριβαλόντες ἐξετύφωσαν τὰ πλήθη μυθικοῖς πλάσμασι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπικρύψαντες.
ἡ τοῦ κόσμου σύστασις καὶ διάταξις τῶν στοιχείων.
Χαίρετε, υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες, ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς, ἐν εἰρήνῃ.
r βασιλεύοντος Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν Φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιε, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν καὶ κανηφόρου τῶν
1 ἔτους ιζ Θῶυθ κη ἀπέδοτο Πετεσοῦχος Φίβιος καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τὸ ὕπαρχον αὐτοῖς ἥμισυ περιστερῶνος τοῦ ὄντος ἐν τῶι ἀπὸ βορρᾶ μέρει
βασιλευόντων Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιϛ, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν καὶ κανηφόρου τῶν
The Greek word χαλκός (i.e., *chalkos*) means copper or bronze and can refer to items made from these metals, including coins. It appears in the New Testament in contexts related to musical instruments and money, such as in 1 Corinthians 13:1 and Matthew 10:9. The word's usage has evolved to encompass various metal objects, reflecting its historical significance in metallurgy.
χαλκός, -od, ὁ, fr. Hom. down, Sept. for nwn3, brass: 1 Co. xiii. 1; Rev. xviii. 12; (like the Lat. aes) what is made of brass, money, coins of brass (also of silver and of gold), Mt.x. 9; Mk.vi.8; xii. 41. [B.D.s. v. Brass; Dict. of Antiq. 8. v. aes.]
χαλκός. From meaning ‘‘ bronze”’ generally (1 Cor 131, Rev 1815), χαλκός comes to be applied to ““ bronze-money” (Mk 68, 1241): cf. P Lips I. 106!® (a.p. 98) βλέπε δέ, μηδενὶ ἄλλῳ Bois (/. δῷς) χαλκόν, P Tebt 11. 41479 (ii/A.D.) πέμψῃ μοι τὸν χαλκόν, ἔπι ἔρχομαι, ‘send me the money, since I am μοι πόσου χαλκοῦ δέδωκες αὐτῶι, “let me know how much money you have given to him” (Edd.).
χαλκός (chalkos) — copper/bronze/coin.
χαλκός,
Cretan dialect καυχός [Refs 3rd c.BC+], ὁ:— copper, χ. ἐρυθρός [Refs 8th c.BC+]; and of the ornaments of a house, χαλκοῦ τε στεροπήν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of copper as the first metal that men learnt to smelt and work, τῶν δ᾽ ἦν χάλκεα μὲν τεύχεα, χάλκεοι δέ τε οἶκοι, χαλκῷ δ᾽ εἰργάζοντο, μέλας δ᾽ οὐκ ἔσκε σίδηρος [Refs 8th c.BC+]; χ. ἐρυθρός (compare above) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; alloyed with tin to form bronze, the usual meaning of the word in [Refs 8th c.BC+] and frequently in later writers: σίδηρος δὲ καὶ χ. πολέμων ὄργανα [Refs 5th c.BC+]
Read the full entry →χαλκός
chalkos
perhaps from 5465 through the idea of hollowing out as a vessel (this
metal being chiefly used for that purpose); copper (the substance, or
some implement or coin made of it):--brass, money.
see GREEK for 5465
χαλκός, οῦ, ὁ
n.m.
copper, brass, money
χαλκός chalkos 5x
copper, also, bronze, Rev. 18:12; a brazen musical instrument, 1 Cor. 13:1; copper money, Mt. 10:9; money in general, Mk. 6:8; 12:41*
χαλκός χαλκός, οῦ, ὁ, copper, Lat. aes, Hom., etc.; called in reference to its colour, ἐρυθρός, Il.:—copper was the first metal wrought for use, τοῖς δ᾽ ἦν χάλκεα μὲν τεύχη χάλκεοι δέ τε οἶκοι, χαλκῷ δ᾽ ἐργάζοντο, μέλας δ᾽ οὐκ ἔσκε σίδηρος Hes.:—hence χαλκός came to be used for metal in general; and, when men learnt to work iron, χαλκός was used for σίδηρος, and χαλκεύς came to mean a blacksmith. χαλκός also meant bronze (i. e. copper alloyed with tin), not brass (i. e. copper alloyed with zinc, which was a later invention), and this was its sense when applied to arms.
anything made of brass or metal, as a spear, sword, knife, etc., Il.; χαλκὸν ζώννυσθαι of a warrior girding on his armour, id. Il., etc.
Read the full entry →Noun-GSM — Noun · genitive · singular · masculinegenitive — of, from, belonging to.
Agrees with anything else marked singular masculine.
N-GSM Part of Speech: Noun Case: Genitive Number: Singular Gender: Masculine
5 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 4 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.
Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 5 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.
← what comes before
what comes after →
branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path
Counted over the 28 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.
δυνατῇ δὲ καὶ στερεᾷ οὐσίᾳ τῇ χαλκοῦ ἀπείκασται ὁ κατὰ σωφροσύνην λόγος εὔτονος καὶ ἀδιάκοπος ὤν, ἴσως δὲ καὶ παρόσον ἡ μὲν ἐν τῷ θεοφιλεῖ σωφροσύνη τιμιωτάτη ἐστὶ καὶ χρυσῷ ἐοικυῖα, δευτερεύουσα δὲ ἡ ἐν τῷ κατὰ προκοπὴν σοφίαν ἀναλαβόντι.
Οἱ δὲ χαίροντες οἷς τε ἑώρων καὶ οἷς ἤκουον τοῦ στρατηγοῦ τῆς κατὰ δύναμιν αὐτῶν σπουδῆς οὐκ ἀπελείποντο, ἀλλʼ εἰσέφερον ἄργυρόν τε καὶ χρυσὸν καὶ χαλκὸν ξύλα τε τῆς καλλίστης ὕλης καὶ μηδὲν ὑπὸ τῆς σήψεως παθεῖν δυνάμενα, αἰγείους τε τρίχας καὶ…
πηροὶ ὄντες τῇ διανοίᾳ, προσκυνοῦντες λίθους καὶ ξύλα καὶ χρυσὸν καὶ ἄργυρον καὶ χαλκόν, ἔργα ἀνθρώπων: καὶ ὁ βίος ἡμῶν ὅλος ἄλλο οὐδὲν ἦν εἰ μὴ θάνατος.
Ἀραμείους, ἢ οἳ ἂν ὦσι γείτονες πάντων πάντοθεν. ἐπρίατο Πετεαρσεμθεὺς Πανοβχούνιος ὡς ἐτῶν μ χαλκοῦ τάλαντα δύο . προπωλητὴς καὶ βεβαιωτὴς τῶν κατὰ τὴν ὠνὴν ταύτην πάντων Πετεαρσεμθεὺς ὁ
ἀδελφοὶ τὸ ὕπαρχον αὐτοῖς ἥμισυ περιστερῶνος τοῦ ὄντος ἐν τῶι ἀπὸ βορρᾶ μέρει Παθύρεως χαλκοῦ Γ. ἐπρίατο Ὧρος Νεχούτου.
τοῦ Ζμῖνος, ἢ οἳ ἂν ὦσι γείτονες πάντοθεν. ἐπρίατο Πακοῖβις Πατοῦτος ὡς ἐτῶν λ χαλκοῦ δραχμῶν τρισχιλίων . προπωληταὶ καὶ βεβαιωταὶ τῶν κατὰ τὴν ὠνὴν ταύτην πάντων Νεχούτης καὶ
καί (kai) is a conjunction meaning 'and,' used to connect words, phrases, and clauses. It serves various functions, including copulative and adjunctive uses, and can express cumulative ideas like 'also' or 'even.' The New Testament frequently employs it to link terms and sentences, as seen in verses like Matthew 2:18 and John 10:3. Abbott-Smith notes its use in both simple and complex structures, while Thayer emphasizes its role as the most common particle in the New Testament.
καί, a conj., and; the most freq. by far of all the particles in the N. T. [On its uses see W. § 53, 3sqq.; B. 361 (310) sqq., and ef. Ellicott on Phil. iv. 12; on the difference between it and τέ see 8. v. τέ ad init. ] I. It serves as a copulative i.e. to connect (Lat. et, atque, Germ. und) ; 1. it connects single words or terms: a. univ., as of Φαρισαῖοι καὶ Σαδδουκαῖοι, Mt. xvi. 1; ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατήρ, he who is God and Father (see θεός, 3); ἐν καρδίᾳ καλῇ καὶ ἀγαθῇ, Lk. viii. 15; πολυμερῶς καὶ πολυτρόπως, ΗΘ}. 1. 1; it is repeated before single terms, to each of which its own force and weight is thus given: ἡ υἱοθεσία καὶ ἡ δόξα καὶ ai διαθῆκαι καὶ ἡ νομοθεσία καὶ ἡ λατρεία καὶ αἱ ἐπαγγελίαι, Ro. ix. 4 ; ἁγία καὶ δικαία καὶ ἀγαθή, Ro. vii. 12; add, Mt. xxiii. 23; Lk. xiv. 21; Jn. xvi. 8; Acts xv. 20, 29; xxi. 25; Heb. ix. 10; Rey. v. 12; xviii. 12 sq.; ef. W. 519 sq. (484). b. it…
Read the full entry →και. In LAE p. 129 ff. Deissmann discusses the thoroughly popular character of the Johannine style with its short paratactic sentences, introduced by kal. . . καί. To illustrate this, he cites amongst other exx. a Dream from the Serapeum, P Par 51 (B.C. 160) (= Selections, p. 18 ff. : see especially the amended readings in Archiv vi. p. 204), which runs—** ὦμ[ην] βατί -- δ)ίζειν pe [ἀπ]ὸ λειβὸς ἕως ἀ[ πηλι]ώτου, καὶ ἀναπίπτομαι ἐπ᾿ ἄχυρον" καὶ [ἄν]θρωπ[ος9] ἀπὸ λιβός μου, ἐχόμενός μου’ ἀναπίπτει καὶ αὐτός, καὶ ὥσπερ κεκλειμμ[évot] μου ἦσαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου, καὶ ἐξαί[φνης] ἀνύγω τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς pov, καὶ ὁρῶ kTA., “ I dreamed that I was going from West to East, and I lie down upon chaff. And there | αὐτὸ (deleted in the original) Σεμφθεῖ. | ἐκ καινῆς ἐν Σομολ(ῶ)…
Read the full entry →καί (kai) — and.
καί,
conjunction, copulative, joining words and sentences,
__A and; also adverb, even, also, just, frequently expressing emphatic assertion or assent, corresponding as positive to the negative οὐ (μή) or οὐδέ (μηδέ). copulative, and,
__A.I joining words or sentences to those preceding, ἦ, καὶ κυανέῃσιν ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσινεῦσε Κρονίων [Refs 8th c.BC+]: repeated with two or more Nouns, αἱ δὲ ἔλαφοι κ. δορκάδες κ. οἱ ἄγριοι οἶες κ. οἱ ὄνοι οἱ ἄγριοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; joining only the last pair, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ ὄχλος πλείων κ. πλείων ἐπέρρει more and more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to add epithets after πολύς, πολλὰ κ. ἐσθλά [Refs 8th c.BC+]
καί
kai
apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also
a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in
connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and,
also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when,
yet.
καί
Cj.
and, even, also, namely
καί kai 9x
(1) and, Mt. 2:2, 3, 11; 4:22; (2) καί ... καί, both ... and; (3) as a cumulative particle, also, too, Mt. 5:39; Jn. 8:19; 1 Cor. 11:6; (4) emphatic, even, also, Mt. 10:30; 1 Cor. 2:10; in NT adversative, but, Mt. 11:19; also introductory of the apodosis of a sentence, Gal. 3:28; Jas. 2:4
Conj — Conjunctionconjunction — it joins clauses, and never changes form.
CONJ CONJunction or conjunctive particle
9,477 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 42 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.
Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 8,978 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.
← what comes before
what comes after →
branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path
3 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →
Τῶν ἄλλων νομοθετῶν οἱ μὲν ἀκαλλώπιστα καὶ γυμνὰ τὰ νομισθέντα παρ’ αὐτοῖς εἶναι δίκαια διετάξαντο, οἱ δὲ πολὺν ὄγκον τοῖς νοήμασι προσπεριβαλόντες ἐξετύφωσαν τὰ πλήθη μυθικοῖς πλάσμασι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπικρύψαντες.
ἡ τοῦ κόσμου σύστασις καὶ διάταξις τῶν στοιχείων.
Χαίρετε, υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες, ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς, ἐν εἰρήνῃ.
r βασιλεύοντος Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν Φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιε, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν καὶ κανηφόρου τῶν
1 ἔτους ιζ Θῶυθ κη ἀπέδοτο Πετεσοῦχος Φίβιος καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τὸ ὕπαρχον αὐτοῖς ἥμισυ περιστερῶνος τοῦ ὄντος ἐν τῶι ἀπὸ βορρᾶ μέρει
βασιλευόντων Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιϛ, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν καὶ κανηφόρου τῶν
The Greek word σίδηρος (i.e., *sideros*) means 'iron' and is used in various contexts, including tools and weapons. It appears in the New Testament, specifically in Revelation 18:12. The term reflects the value and utility of iron in ancient times, often associated with strength and durability.
σίδηρος, **jron” (Rev 1812): P Cairo Zen II. 5914419 (B.c. 256) τῶν t τα(λάντων) τίοῦ σιδήρ]ου, ‘‘ten talents of iron,” P Petr II. 13(1)!® (B.c. 258-253) τὸν σίδηρον ἐνέχυρα θήσουσιν, “they will put their iron (tools) in pledge” (Ed.), and P Oxy I. 8414 (A.D. 316) payment ὑπὲρ τιμῆς σιδή[ρο]ν
σίδηρος (sidēros) — iron.
σίδηρος [ῐ],
Doric dialect σίδᾱρος [Refs 4th c.BC+], etc.: ; also ἡ, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]: neuter σίδηρον, τό, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (but probably falsa lectio for{σιδήριον} in [Refs 2nd c.AD+]: —iron, σ. πολιός [Refs 8th c.BC+]; as an article of traffic, οἰνίζοντο.. Ἀχαιοί, ἄλλοι μὲν χαλκῷ, ἄλλοι δ᾽ αἴθωνι σ. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; χαλκός τε χρυσός τε πολύκμητός τε σ., of treasures, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; as a prize, [Refs]; Σκύθης σ., because brought from the Euxine, [Refs 4th c.BC+]
2. frequently as a symbol of hardness [Refs], or of stubborn force, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὀφθαλμοὶ ὡσεὶ κέρα ἕστασαν ἠὲ σ[Refs 8th c.BC+]; also of firmness, steadfastness, πέτρης ὅ γ᾽ ἔχων νόον ἠὲ σ. [Refs 2nd…
σίδηρος
sideros
of uncertain derivation; iron:--iron.
σίδηρος, ου, ὁ
n.m.
iron
σίδηρος sidēros 1x
iron, Rev. 18:12*
σίδηρος σίδηρος, doric σίδα_ρος, ὁ, iron, Lat. ferrum, Hom., etc.: iron was the last of the metals brought into common use by the Greeks: hence it is πολύκμητος, wrought with much toil, Hom.: and was of high value, pieces of it being given as prizes, Il. It mostly came from the north and east of the Euxine, Σκύθης ς. Aesch.
like Lat. ferrum, anything made of iron, an iron tool or weapon, a sword or knife, an axe-head, etc., Hom., etc.
a place for selling iron, a smithy, a cutler's shop, Xen.
Noun-GSM — Noun · genitive · singular · masculinegenitive — of, from, belonging to.
Agrees with anything else marked singular masculine.
N-GSM Part of Speech: Noun Case: Genitive Number: Singular Gender: Masculine
Iron
Tubal-Cain is the first-mentioned worker in iron (Gen. 4:22). The Egyptians wrought it at Sinai before the Exodus. David prepared it in great abundance for the temple (1 Chr. 22:3: 29:7). The merchants of Dan and Javan brought it to the market of Tyre (Ezek. 27:19). Various instruments are mentioned as made of iron (Deut. 27:5; 19:5; Josh. 17:16, 18; 1 Sam. 17:7; 2 Sam. 12:31; 2 Kings 6:5, 6; 1 Chr.…
is mentioned with brass as the earliest of known metals. (Genesis 4:22) The natural wealth in iron of the soil of Canaan is indicated by describing it as a land whose stones are iron." (8:9) (Recent explorations have shown that iron ore is abundant in the northern part of Palestine. --ED.) The book of Job contains passages which indicate that iron was a metal well known. Sheet-iron was used for cooking utensils. (Ezekiel 4:3) cf. Levi 7:9 That it was plentiful in the time of David appears from (1 Chronicles 22:3) The market of Tyre was supplied with bright or polished iron by the merchants of by Dan and Javan. (Ezekiel 27:19) The Chalybes of the Pontus were celebrated as…
Was early known and wrought, Ge 4:22. Moses often alludes to it. He compares the bondage in Egypt to a furnace for smelting iron, and speaks of the iron ore of Canaan, De 3:11 4:20 8:9. Many different articles and tools were anciently made of it. Immense quantities were provided for the building of the temple, 1Ch 29:2,7. "Iron" is used to illustrated slavery, strength, obstinacy, fortitude, affliction, etc., De 28:48 Job 40:18 Isa 48:4 Jer 1:18 Eze 22:18,20…
1 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 1 different way. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.
Counted over the 38 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.
τὸν γὰρ δημιουργὸν τῶν πολεμιστηρίων ὅπλων, χαλκοῦ καὶ σιδήρου, Θοβὲλ υἱὸν Σελλᾶς τῆς σκιᾶς ὠνόμασεν, οὐ λόγων τέχναις, ἀλλὰ νοημάτων ὑπερβάλλοντι κάλλει φιλοσοφῶν.
Ἐν μάχῃ τις ὅπου μὴ σίδηρος πληγεὶς παραχρῆμα μὲν ἀποθανὼν ἐκδικείσθω ταὐτὸν παθόντος τοῦ πεπληχότος.
ἐν λιμῷ ῥύσεταί σε ἐκ θανάτου, ἐν πολέμῳ δὲ ἐκ χειρὸς σιδήρου λύσει σε:
Πανίσκου ἀγορανόμου. ὁμολογεῖ Γαλάτης Πελαίου σιδηρουργὸς Πέρσης τῆς ἐπιγονῆς ὀφείλειν Ὥρωι Νεχούτου Ἀρατρέους Πέρσῃ σιδήρου μνᾶς Πτολεμαϊκὰς ὡς δισχιλίας ἑξακοσίας τεσσαράκοντα ἄτοκα· τὸ δὲ δάνειον τοῦτο ἀποδότω ὁ δεδανεισμένος
τῶν καυσαρίων ὅτι συνορίσιμα αὐτὰ ἐποιήσαμεν. ἡμεῖς μὲν μαθέντες διὰ τῶν σῶν γραμμάτων ὅτι σίδηρος ἐν τῇ ἀποθήκῃ … … οι πάσῃ ποικιλίᾳ ἐχρησάμεθα ὡς ται… `ἡμᾶς´
πέμψαι ἡμῖν κἂν ἐκ δευτερείων σιδήρια … ἵνα δυνηθῶμεν αὐτὸν ἀπαρτίσαι ἐὰν παρὰ σοὶ σίδηρος οὐκ ἔνι … ἐν τάχει ὅπως ἃ ἔχωμεν ἐν … σιδήρια συνορίσιμα … ἄλλων
καί (kai) is a conjunction meaning 'and,' used to connect words, phrases, and clauses. It serves various functions, including copulative and adjunctive uses, and can express cumulative ideas like 'also' or 'even.' The New Testament frequently employs it to link terms and sentences, as seen in verses like Matthew 2:18 and John 10:3. Abbott-Smith notes its use in both simple and complex structures, while Thayer emphasizes its role as the most common particle in the New Testament.
καί, a conj., and; the most freq. by far of all the particles in the N. T. [On its uses see W. § 53, 3sqq.; B. 361 (310) sqq., and ef. Ellicott on Phil. iv. 12; on the difference between it and τέ see 8. v. τέ ad init. ] I. It serves as a copulative i.e. to connect (Lat. et, atque, Germ. und) ; 1. it connects single words or terms: a. univ., as of Φαρισαῖοι καὶ Σαδδουκαῖοι, Mt. xvi. 1; ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατήρ, he who is God and Father (see θεός, 3); ἐν καρδίᾳ καλῇ καὶ ἀγαθῇ, Lk. viii. 15; πολυμερῶς καὶ πολυτρόπως, ΗΘ}. 1. 1; it is repeated before single terms, to each of which its own force and weight is thus given: ἡ υἱοθεσία καὶ ἡ δόξα καὶ ai διαθῆκαι καὶ ἡ νομοθεσία καὶ ἡ λατρεία καὶ αἱ ἐπαγγελίαι, Ro. ix. 4 ; ἁγία καὶ δικαία καὶ ἀγαθή, Ro. vii. 12; add, Mt. xxiii. 23; Lk. xiv. 21; Jn. xvi. 8; Acts xv. 20, 29; xxi. 25; Heb. ix. 10; Rey. v. 12; xviii. 12 sq.; ef. W. 519 sq. (484). b. it…
Read the full entry →και. In LAE p. 129 ff. Deissmann discusses the thoroughly popular character of the Johannine style with its short paratactic sentences, introduced by kal. . . καί. To illustrate this, he cites amongst other exx. a Dream from the Serapeum, P Par 51 (B.C. 160) (= Selections, p. 18 ff. : see especially the amended readings in Archiv vi. p. 204), which runs—** ὦμ[ην] βατί -- δ)ίζειν pe [ἀπ]ὸ λειβὸς ἕως ἀ[ πηλι]ώτου, καὶ ἀναπίπτομαι ἐπ᾿ ἄχυρον" καὶ [ἄν]θρωπ[ος9] ἀπὸ λιβός μου, ἐχόμενός μου’ ἀναπίπτει καὶ αὐτός, καὶ ὥσπερ κεκλειμμ[évot] μου ἦσαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου, καὶ ἐξαί[φνης] ἀνύγω τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς pov, καὶ ὁρῶ kTA., “ I dreamed that I was going from West to East, and I lie down upon chaff. And there | αὐτὸ (deleted in the original) Σεμφθεῖ. | ἐκ καινῆς ἐν Σομολ(ῶ)…
Read the full entry →καί (kai) — and.
καί,
conjunction, copulative, joining words and sentences,
__A and; also adverb, even, also, just, frequently expressing emphatic assertion or assent, corresponding as positive to the negative οὐ (μή) or οὐδέ (μηδέ). copulative, and,
__A.I joining words or sentences to those preceding, ἦ, καὶ κυανέῃσιν ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσινεῦσε Κρονίων [Refs 8th c.BC+]: repeated with two or more Nouns, αἱ δὲ ἔλαφοι κ. δορκάδες κ. οἱ ἄγριοι οἶες κ. οἱ ὄνοι οἱ ἄγριοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; joining only the last pair, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ ὄχλος πλείων κ. πλείων ἐπέρρει more and more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to add epithets after πολύς, πολλὰ κ. ἐσθλά [Refs 8th c.BC+]
καί
kai
apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also
a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in
connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and,
also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when,
yet.
καί
Cj.
and, even, also, namely
καί kai 9x
(1) and, Mt. 2:2, 3, 11; 4:22; (2) καί ... καί, both ... and; (3) as a cumulative particle, also, too, Mt. 5:39; Jn. 8:19; 1 Cor. 11:6; (4) emphatic, even, also, Mt. 10:30; 1 Cor. 2:10; in NT adversative, but, Mt. 11:19; also introductory of the apodosis of a sentence, Gal. 3:28; Jas. 2:4
Conj — Conjunctionconjunction — it joins clauses, and never changes form.
CONJ CONJunction or conjunctive particle
9,477 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 42 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.
Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 8,978 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.
← what comes before
what comes after →
branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path
3 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →
Τῶν ἄλλων νομοθετῶν οἱ μὲν ἀκαλλώπιστα καὶ γυμνὰ τὰ νομισθέντα παρ’ αὐτοῖς εἶναι δίκαια διετάξαντο, οἱ δὲ πολὺν ὄγκον τοῖς νοήμασι προσπεριβαλόντες ἐξετύφωσαν τὰ πλήθη μυθικοῖς πλάσμασι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπικρύψαντες.
ἡ τοῦ κόσμου σύστασις καὶ διάταξις τῶν στοιχείων.
Χαίρετε, υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες, ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς, ἐν εἰρήνῃ.
r βασιλεύοντος Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν Φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιε, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν καὶ κανηφόρου τῶν
1 ἔτους ιζ Θῶυθ κη ἀπέδοτο Πετεσοῦχος Φίβιος καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τὸ ὕπαρχον αὐτοῖς ἥμισυ περιστερῶνος τοῦ ὄντος ἐν τῶι ἀπὸ βορρᾶ μέρει
βασιλευόντων Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιϛ, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν καὶ κανηφόρου τῶν
The Greek word μάρμαρος (marmaros) refers to a crystalline stone that sparkles in light, commonly understood as marble. It appears in the New Testament in Revelation 18:12, where it describes luxurious materials. The word is derived from μαρμαίρω (to glisten) and has been used historically to denote various types of glistening stones.
** μάρμαρος, -ου, ὁ
(< μαρμαίρω, to glisten),
[in LXX: Ep. Je 72*;]
any crystalline stone (Hom., Eur., al.).
In later writers, marble: Re 18:12.†
μάρμαρος. This word, which in the NT is confined to Rey 1812, occurs in P Leid X*-!2 (iii/iv A.D.) (= II. p. 231) ποιεῖ δὲ οὐ μόνον ἐπὶ χάρτου ἢ διφθέρας, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ μαρμάρου ἐστιλβωμένου, with reference to χρυσογραφία, “writing in letters of gold.” For the adj. μαρμάρινος cf. the Mytilenean decree Cagnat IV. 4514 ἐνχαράχθην és στάλλαν μαρμαρίναν, and for pappapdptos, ‘a marble-mason”’ cf, Kazbel 920%-7 (time of Severus) pappapaplwy τὸ γένος σῶζε, Σέραπι. Boisacy (p. 611) points out that the primary meaning was “ boulder,’’ “ block of rock,’’ as in Hom. Z/. xli. 380, the meaning ‘‘ marble’’ being due to the influence of βαρμαίρω, μαρμάρεος, which are not related to pdppapos. He connects with μάρναμαι in its original sense of ‘‘ break,”’ “‘crush,’’ and compares the formation of rzfes from…
Read the full entry →μάρμαρος (marmaros) — marble.
μάρμᾰρος, ὁ,
a crystalline rock, which sparkles (μαρμαίρει) in the light, μάρμαρος ὀκριόεις [Refs 8th c.BC+]: as adjective, πέτρος μ. ὀκριόεις [Refs 8th c.BC+]
II. later, marble, μάρμαρον ἢ λίθον λευκήν [Refs 5th c.BC+]
II.2. work in marble, i.e. tombstone, τυκτὴ μ. [Refs 3rd c.BC+]
II.3. chips made by cutting marble (masculine), [Refs 1st c.AD+]
μάρμαρος
marmaros
from marmairo (to glisten); marble (as sparkling white):--marble.
μάρμαρος, ου, ὁ, ἡ
n.m.
marble
μάρμαρος marmaros 1x
a white glistening stone; marble, Rev. 18:12*
μάρμαρος μάρμα^ρος, ου, any stone or rock of crystalline structure, which sparkles (μαρμαίρει) in the light, Hom., etc.; also, πέτρος μάρμαρος Il.
marble, Strab.: — a marble tombstone, Theocr.
Noun-GSM — Noun · genitive · singular · masculinegenitive — of, from, belonging to.
Agrees with anything else marked singular masculine.
N-GSM Part of Speech: Noun Case: Genitive Number: Singular Gender: Masculine
mar'-b'-l (shayish, shesh, 'abhne shayish, "stones of marble" (1Ch 29:2); ritspath bahat wa-shesh we-dhar we-cochareth, "a pavement of red, and white, and yellow, and black marble," or, according to the margin, "a pavement of porphyry, and white marble, and alabaster, and stone of blue color" (Es 1:6); `ammudhe shesh, "pillars of marble" (Es 1:6; So 5:15); compare shesh, the King James Version margin "silk" or the Revised Version (British and American) "fine linen" (Ge 41:42; Ex 25:4, etc.); shoshannim, "lilies" (So…
Marble
As a mineral, consists of carbonate of lime, its texture varying from the highly crystalline to the compact. In Esther 1:6 there are four Hebrew words which are rendered marble:, (1.) Shesh, “pillars of marble.” But this word probably designates dark-blue limestone rather than marble. (2.) Dar, some regard as Parian marble. It is here rendered “white marble.” But nothing is certainly known of it. (3.) Bahat, “red marble,” probably the verd-antique or half-porphyry of Egypt. (4.) Sohareth, “black marble,” probably some spotted variety of marble. “The marble pillars and tesserae of various colours of the palace at Susa came doubtless from Persia itself, where marble of various colours is found, especially in the province of Hamadan Susiana.” The marble of Solomon’s architectural works may have been limestone from near Jerusalem…
The Hebrew shesh , the generic term for marble, may probably be taken to mean almost any shining stone. The so-called marble of Solomon’s architectural works may thus have been limestone. There can be no doubt that Herod both in the temple and elsewhere employed Parian or other marble. The marble pillars and tesserae of various colors of the palace at Susa came doubtless from Persia. (Esther 1:8)
1 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 1 different way. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.
Ἐπὶ τούτοις δωρησαμένου τοῦ Καίσαρος αὐτὸν ἑτέρας προσθέσει χώρας, ὁ δὲ κἀνταῦθα ναὸν αὐτῷ λευκῆς μαρμάρου καθιδρύσατο παρὰ τὰς Ἰορδάνου πηγάς·
ως χαλ … … ρεσι … σαλων σύνθεσιν … ι πῶς δʼ ὑποχρι … μαρμάρου λι … κόλλης … … ῥιζίνης θερμ … συρμαίης σζμύρν … ἄλλο ὑπόχρισμα
δομω … καμινοκαύστῃ γύψου καμίνων … σὺν γυψισμοῖς ἐκ δραχμῶν λ … … τιμῆς μαρμάρου ξηροῦ σκληροῦ … κε ραμίων γ ἐκ δραχμῶν
κονίας οὕτως διὰ Γεωργίου λόγῳ τοῦ ἁγίου Κοσμᾶ καὶ Δαμιανοῦ ἀρτάβαι ε καὶ ὁμοίως μαρμάρου α … ρδ β διὰ τοῦ αὐτοῦ λόγῳ τοῦ φρέατος τοῦ ὑμετέρου οἴκου κονίας